1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16057
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
335 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
440 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
449 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16057 36333))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-init
) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) (quote file-remote-p
) t
)
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
544 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
648 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
653 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
668 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
679 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16148 4632))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
742 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16111
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
793 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15829
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
870 How to quit artist mode
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
875 How to submit a bug report
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
880 Drawing with the mouse:
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 10657))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1335 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1352 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1360 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16135
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1437 Special information:
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15856 53268))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1653 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1655 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1657 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1659 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1661 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1663 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1665 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1667 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1669 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1671 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1673 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1675 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1677 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1679 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1680 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1681 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1682 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1683 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1684 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1685 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1686 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1689 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1690 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1691 yank successive words.
1693 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1694 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1695 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1696 name of the file being visited.
1698 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1699 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1700 the list of bookmarks.)
1702 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
1704 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1705 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1706 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1707 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1708 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1711 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1712 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1713 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1714 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1716 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1718 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1719 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1720 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1721 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1722 after a bookmark was set in it.
1724 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1726 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1727 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1728 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1729 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1731 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
1733 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1735 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1736 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1737 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1738 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1740 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1741 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1742 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1744 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1745 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1748 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
1750 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1751 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1752 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1753 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1754 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1757 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1759 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1760 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1761 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1762 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1763 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1764 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1765 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1766 probably because we were called from there.
1768 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
1770 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1771 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1772 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1776 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1777 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1778 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1779 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1782 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1783 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1784 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1785 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1786 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1788 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1789 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1790 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1791 `bookmark-default-file'.
1793 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
1795 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1796 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1797 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1798 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1799 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1802 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1803 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1804 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1805 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1806 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1809 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1810 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1811 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1812 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1814 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
1816 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1817 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1818 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1819 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1820 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1824 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1826 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1829 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1842 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1843 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1844 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1845 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1848 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1849 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1850 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1854 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1855 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1856 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1858 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1859 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1860 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1864 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1865 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1866 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1867 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1868 prompts for NEWNAME.
1869 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1870 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1871 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1873 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1874 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1883 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1884 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1885 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1886 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1887 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1888 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1890 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1891 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1892 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1896 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1898 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1906 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1908 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1910 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1912 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1914 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1916 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1918 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1922 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1923 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1924 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1925 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1926 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1927 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1928 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1929 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1930 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16139 21086))
1931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1933 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1934 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1935 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1936 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1938 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1939 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1940 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1941 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1942 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1944 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1946 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1947 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1948 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1949 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1950 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1951 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1953 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1957 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1958 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1961 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1963 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1964 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1968 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1969 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1971 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1973 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1974 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1975 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1976 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1978 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1980 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1981 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1982 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1983 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1987 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1988 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1989 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1990 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1991 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1997 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point.
2000 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2001 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2002 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2003 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2005 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2006 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2008 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
2009 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
2011 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2013 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2014 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2015 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2016 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2018 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2019 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2020 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2021 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2023 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2024 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2026 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2028 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2029 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2030 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2031 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2033 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2034 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2035 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2036 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2038 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2039 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2040 new tab in an existing window instead.
2042 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2043 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2045 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2047 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2048 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2049 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2050 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2052 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2053 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2054 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2055 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2057 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2058 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2059 new tab in an existing window instead.
2061 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2062 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2066 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2067 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2068 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2069 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2071 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2072 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2073 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2074 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2076 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2077 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2079 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2082 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2084 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2085 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2086 program is invoked according to the variable
2087 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2089 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2090 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2091 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2092 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2094 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2095 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2097 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2099 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2100 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2101 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2102 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2104 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2106 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2107 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2108 Default to the URL around or before point.
2110 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2111 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2112 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2114 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2115 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2116 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2117 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2119 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2120 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2122 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2124 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2125 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2126 Default to the URL around or before point.
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2132 Default to the URL around or before point.
2134 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2135 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2136 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2138 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2139 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2141 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2143 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2144 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2145 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2146 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2148 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2152 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2153 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2154 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2158 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2159 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2160 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2161 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2165 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2166 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2173 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2174 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2175 Default to the URL around or before point.
2177 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2179 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2180 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2181 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2182 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2183 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2186 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2187 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2188 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2189 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2191 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2192 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2194 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2198 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2199 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2200 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2201 don't offer a form of remote control.
2203 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2205 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Default to the URL around or before point.
2209 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2213 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15829
2215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2217 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2218 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2222 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2223 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2229 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2230 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15728 55517))
2231 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2233 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2234 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2235 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2236 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2240 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2241 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2242 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2243 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2247 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2248 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2252 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2253 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2255 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2256 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2257 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2258 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2260 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2261 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2262 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2263 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2264 name of buffer configuration.
2270 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2271 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924
2273 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2275 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2276 Keymap used by buttons.")
2278 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2279 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2280 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2282 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2283 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2284 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2285 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2286 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2287 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2289 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2290 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2291 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2292 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2294 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2296 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2297 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2298 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2299 specifying properties to add to the button.
2300 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2301 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2302 `define-button-type'.
2304 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2306 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2308 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2309 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2310 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2311 specifying properties to add to the button.
2312 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2313 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2314 `define-button-type'.
2316 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2318 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2320 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2321 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2322 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2323 specifying properties to add to the button.
2324 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2325 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2326 `define-button-type'.
2328 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2329 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2330 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2333 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2335 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2337 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2338 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2339 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2340 specifying properties to add to the button.
2341 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2342 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2343 `define-button-type'.
2345 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2346 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2347 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2348 `insert-text-button'.
2350 Also see `make-text-button'.
2352 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2356 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2357 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2358 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2359 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2360 ;;;;;; (16135 8990))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2363 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2364 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2365 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2367 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2370 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2371 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2372 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2374 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2375 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2376 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2377 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2378 whether to compile it.
2380 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2382 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2383 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2385 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2387 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2388 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2389 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2390 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2391 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2393 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2395 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2396 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2397 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2398 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2402 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2403 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2404 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2406 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2408 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2409 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2410 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2411 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2412 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2413 all functions called by those functions.
2415 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2416 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2419 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2420 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2421 invoked interactively.
2423 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2425 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2426 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2427 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2428 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2432 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2433 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2434 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2435 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2436 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2437 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2438 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2441 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2443 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2444 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2445 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2446 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957))
2453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2455 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2457 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2461 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2462 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2463 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2465 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2466 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2467 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2468 from the cursor position.
2470 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2474 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2475 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2476 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941
2478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2480 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2481 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2483 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2484 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2486 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2487 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2488 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2489 If nil, use original installation directory.
2490 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2492 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2493 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2495 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2496 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2498 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2499 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2500 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2502 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2503 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2508 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2510 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2512 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2513 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2517 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2518 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2522 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2523 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2524 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2525 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2527 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2529 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2530 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2531 This is most useful in the X window system.
2532 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2533 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2537 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2538 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2539 See calc-keypad for details.
2543 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2544 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2546 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2548 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2549 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2551 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2553 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2554 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2556 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2558 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2559 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2560 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2562 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2564 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2567 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2572 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2575 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2576 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2586 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2587 Run the Emacs calculator.
2588 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2594 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2595 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2596 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2597 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2598 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2599 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2600 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2601 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2602 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2603 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2604 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2605 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2606 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2607 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2608 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2609 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2610 ;;;;;; (15961 24151))
2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2613 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2614 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2615 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2617 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2619 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2620 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2621 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2622 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2625 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2627 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2628 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2629 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2630 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2631 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2633 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2635 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2636 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2637 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2638 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2639 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2640 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2641 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2643 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2644 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2645 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2646 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2647 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2649 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2650 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2651 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2653 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2655 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2656 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2657 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2659 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2661 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2662 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2663 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2667 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2668 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2669 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2672 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2674 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2675 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2676 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2678 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2680 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2681 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2682 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2684 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2686 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2688 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2689 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2690 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2692 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2695 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2697 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2698 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2699 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2701 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2704 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2706 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2707 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2708 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2710 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2712 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2713 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2714 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2715 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2716 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2718 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2720 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2721 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2722 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2723 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2724 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2725 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2726 a function is also provided for this:
2727 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2729 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2730 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2731 date is not visible in the window.
2733 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2734 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2735 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2737 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2739 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2740 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2742 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2743 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2744 date is visible in the window.
2746 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2747 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2748 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2750 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2752 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2753 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2757 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2759 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2761 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2763 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2764 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2766 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2774 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2775 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2776 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2777 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2778 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2779 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2780 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2781 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2784 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2785 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2786 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2794 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2795 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2797 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2798 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2799 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2800 window but will appear in a diary window.
2802 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2803 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2805 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2806 entries (in the default American style):
2808 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2809 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2810 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2812 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2813 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2814 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2815 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2816 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2817 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2818 &* 15 time cards due.
2820 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2821 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2822 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2826 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2827 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2828 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2829 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2830 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2831 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2833 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2834 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2835 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2837 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2839 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2841 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2842 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2843 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2844 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2845 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2846 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2847 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2848 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2849 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2851 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2852 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2853 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2854 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2855 for these functions for details.
2857 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2858 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2860 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2862 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2863 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2865 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2867 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2868 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2870 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2872 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2873 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2875 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2877 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2878 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2879 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2881 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2883 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2884 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2885 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2887 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2889 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2890 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2891 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2892 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2894 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2896 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2897 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2898 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2899 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2907 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2908 characters with or without a period.")
2910 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2912 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2913 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2914 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2918 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2919 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2920 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2922 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2924 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2925 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2926 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2928 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2930 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2931 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2932 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2934 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2936 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2937 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2938 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2939 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2940 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2941 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2943 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2945 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2946 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2947 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2949 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2950 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2951 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2954 #include \"filename\"
2956 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2957 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2958 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2959 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2960 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2962 For example, you could use
2964 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2965 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2966 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2968 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2969 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2970 lexicographic order.")
2972 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2974 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2975 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2976 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2978 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2980 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2981 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2982 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2985 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2986 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2987 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2988 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2989 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2990 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2991 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2993 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2994 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2995 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2996 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2997 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2998 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2999 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3000 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3002 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3004 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3005 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3006 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3007 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3008 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3009 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3011 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3013 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3014 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3016 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3017 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3018 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3020 #include \"filename\"
3021 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3022 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3023 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3024 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3025 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3029 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3030 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3031 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3032 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3033 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3034 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3038 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3039 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3040 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3043 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3045 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3046 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3047 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3048 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3049 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3053 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3055 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3056 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3059 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3061 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3063 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3065 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3067 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3069 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3071 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3073 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3075 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3077 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3079 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3080 *User defined holidays.
3081 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3085 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3087 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3089 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3091 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3093 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3095 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3097 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3099 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3101 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3103 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3109 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3111 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3112 *Christian holidays.
3113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3117 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3119 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3123 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3125 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3127 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3128 *Sun-related holidays.
3129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3131 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3133 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3135 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3136 The frame set up of the calendar.
3137 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3138 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3139 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3140 any other value the current frame is used.")
3142 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3143 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3144 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3146 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3147 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3153 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3154 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3155 ;;;;;; (16139 20775))
3156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3158 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3159 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3160 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3161 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3162 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars',
3163 is necessary too (which gives more control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for
3166 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3168 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3169 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3178 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3179 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3180 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3181 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3182 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3184 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3186 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3187 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3194 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3195 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3197 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3198 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3199 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3200 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3201 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3202 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3205 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3207 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3208 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3215 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3216 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3219 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3220 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3221 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3222 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3223 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3224 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3229 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3230 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3237 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3238 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3241 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing Java code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3244 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3259 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3260 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3261 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3263 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3266 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3274 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3281 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3282 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3283 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3284 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3286 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3289 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3304 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3305 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3306 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3307 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3308 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3313 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3316 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3317 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3318 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3319 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3320 for details of setting up styles.
3322 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3325 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3326 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3327 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3328 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3331 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3332 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3333 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3334 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3335 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3338 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3339 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3340 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3341 when used elsewhere.
3343 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3345 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3346 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3347 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3348 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3350 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3352 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3353 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3354 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3356 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3358 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3359 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3360 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3361 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3362 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3364 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3368 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3369 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3370 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
3371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3373 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3374 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3376 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3378 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3379 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3381 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3383 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3384 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3386 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3387 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3388 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3389 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3392 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3394 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3396 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3397 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3399 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3400 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3404 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3405 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3406 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3409 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3410 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3411 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3412 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3414 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3415 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3420 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3422 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3425 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3426 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3428 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3429 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3430 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3433 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3435 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3436 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3437 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3439 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3441 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3443 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3444 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3446 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3450 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3452 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3454 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3455 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3458 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3459 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3462 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3464 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3465 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3466 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3467 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3468 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3469 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3470 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3471 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3472 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3473 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3474 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3475 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3476 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3477 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3478 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3479 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3482 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3483 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3485 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3486 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3488 | (write EXPRESSION)
3489 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3490 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3493 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3496 ;; Same as: (write string)
3498 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3499 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3500 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3503 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3504 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3505 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3506 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3507 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3508 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3510 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3511 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3513 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3516 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3517 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3518 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3520 ARG := REG | integer
3523 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3526 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3529 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3532 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3533 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3536 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3537 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3538 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3541 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3542 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3543 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3546 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3547 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3549 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3550 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3555 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3558 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3559 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3561 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3564 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3568 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3569 ;; Same meaning as C code
3570 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3572 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3577 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3578 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3581 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3582 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3586 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3590 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3591 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3592 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3594 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3595 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3596 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3598 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3599 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3600 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3601 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3602 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3605 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3607 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3608 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3609 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3610 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3611 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3612 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3614 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3616 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3617 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3618 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3620 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3622 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3626 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3629 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3630 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3631 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3632 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3633 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3634 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
3635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3637 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3638 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3639 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3640 the users will view as each check is completed.
3644 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3645 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3646 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3647 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3648 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3649 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3650 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3651 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3653 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3655 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3656 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3657 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3658 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3659 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3660 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3661 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3662 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3664 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3667 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3668 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3669 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3670 spacing are all verified.
3674 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3675 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3676 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3677 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3678 otherwise stop after the first error.
3680 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3682 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3683 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3684 Only documentation strings are checked.
3685 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3686 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3689 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3691 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3692 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3693 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3694 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3695 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3697 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3700 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3701 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3702 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3709 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3710 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3712 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3714 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3716 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3717 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3718 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3720 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3722 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3723 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3724 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3725 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3726 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3730 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3731 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3732 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3733 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3734 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3735 space at the end of each line.
3737 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3739 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3740 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3741 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3742 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3744 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3746 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3747 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3748 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3749 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3751 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3753 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3754 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3755 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3756 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3758 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3760 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3761 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3762 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3763 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3767 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3768 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3769 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3770 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3772 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3774 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3775 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3776 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3777 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3779 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3781 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3782 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3783 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3784 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3786 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3788 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3789 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3790 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3791 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3793 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3795 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3796 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3797 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3798 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3800 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3802 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3803 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3804 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3806 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3807 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3808 checking of documentation strings.
3810 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3816 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3817 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16111
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3821 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3822 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3823 Return the length of resulting text.
3825 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3827 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3828 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3832 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3833 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3834 Return the length of resulting text.
3836 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3838 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3839 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3845 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3846 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15877 48879))
3847 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3849 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3850 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3851 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3852 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3853 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3854 editing and the result is evaluated.
3856 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3858 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3859 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3860 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3861 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3862 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3864 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3868 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3869 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3870 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3871 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3872 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3874 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3875 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3876 \\{command-history-map}
3878 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3879 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273))
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3888 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3889 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3890 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3891 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3892 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3893 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3895 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3896 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3901 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3904 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3907 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3912 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3915 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3916 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3917 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3918 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3920 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3921 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3922 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3924 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3925 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3927 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3931 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941
3933 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3935 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3936 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3937 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3938 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3939 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3940 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3941 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3944 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3948 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3949 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
3950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3952 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3953 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3954 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3955 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3956 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3959 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3964 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3965 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15941 42961))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3968 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3969 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3970 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3973 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3974 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3975 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3976 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3978 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3980 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3981 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3982 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3984 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3986 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3987 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3988 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3990 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3992 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3993 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3994 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3996 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3998 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3999 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4001 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4002 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4003 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4005 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4006 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4010 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4011 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4013 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4014 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4015 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4017 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4022 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4023 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4027 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4028 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4029 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4030 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4031 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4032 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4033 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4034 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4036 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4038 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4040 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4041 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4042 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4043 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4044 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4045 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4046 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4047 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4049 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4051 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4053 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4054 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4055 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4056 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4057 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4058 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4060 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4062 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4063 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4064 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4066 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4068 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4070 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4071 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4072 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4074 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4076 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4078 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4079 Send COMMAND to current process.
4080 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4081 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4083 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4086 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4087 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4088 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4090 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4094 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678
4096 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4098 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4099 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4100 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4101 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4103 This command pushes the mark in each window
4104 at the prior location of point in that window.
4105 If both windows display the same buffer,
4106 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4107 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4109 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4110 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4111 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4113 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4117 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4118 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4119 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4120 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16139 20823))
4121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4123 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4124 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4126 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4128 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4129 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4131 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4133 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4134 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4135 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4136 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4137 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4139 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4140 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4141 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4142 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4143 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4145 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4146 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4147 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4148 describing how the process finished.")
4150 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4151 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4152 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4153 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4155 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4156 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4157 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4159 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4161 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4162 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4163 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4164 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4166 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4168 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4169 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4170 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4171 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4173 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4174 and move to the source code that caused it.
4176 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4177 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4179 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4180 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4181 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4182 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4185 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4186 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4187 to a function that generates a unique name.
4189 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4191 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4192 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4193 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4194 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4195 where grep found matches.
4197 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4198 easily repeat a grep command.
4200 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4201 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4202 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4203 if that history list is empty).
4205 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4207 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4208 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4209 Collect output in a buffer.
4210 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4211 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4213 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4214 easily repeat a find command.
4216 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4218 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4219 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4220 Collect output in a buffer.
4221 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4222 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4223 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4224 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4225 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4227 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4228 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4230 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4231 easily repeat a find command.
4233 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4234 those sub directories of DIR.
4236 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4238 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4239 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4240 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4241 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4242 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4244 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4246 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4248 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4249 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4250 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4251 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4252 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4253 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4254 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4259 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4260 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4261 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4262 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4263 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4267 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4268 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4270 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4271 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4273 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4274 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4275 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4276 and start at the first error.
4278 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4279 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4280 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4281 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4282 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4283 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4285 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4286 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4287 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4289 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4290 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4292 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4293 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4298 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
4299 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4301 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4302 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4303 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4305 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4307 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4309 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4310 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4311 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4313 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4314 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4315 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4316 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4318 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4319 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4320 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4321 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4323 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4324 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4325 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4326 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4332 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4333 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4334 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4336 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4337 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4344 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4345 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4346 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4349 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4350 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4351 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4352 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4355 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4357 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4358 | | 1:tc or top-center
4359 | | 2:tr or top-right
4360 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4361 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4362 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4363 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4364 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4365 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4367 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4368 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4369 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4370 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4373 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4374 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4375 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4377 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4381 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4385 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4388 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4389 Compose characters in the current region.
4391 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4392 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4394 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4396 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4397 specifying the region.
4399 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4400 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4401 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4403 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4404 of the text in the region.
4406 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4408 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4409 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4410 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4411 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4413 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4414 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4417 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4418 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4419 text in the composition.
4421 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4423 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4424 Decompose text in the current region.
4426 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4427 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4429 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4431 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4432 Compose characters in string STRING.
4434 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4435 the characters in it.
4437 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4438 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4439 STRING respectively.
4441 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4442 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4443 `compose-region' for more detail.
4445 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4446 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4447 text in the composition.
4449 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4452 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4454 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4457 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4458 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4459 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4460 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4461 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4462 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4463 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4465 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4467 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4468 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4470 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4471 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4473 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4474 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4476 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4477 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4479 If no composition is found, return nil.
4481 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4482 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4484 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4485 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4486 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4488 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4490 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4492 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4493 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4494 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4496 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4498 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4500 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4502 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4503 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4505 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4506 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4507 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4508 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4509 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4510 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4511 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4514 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4516 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4517 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4519 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4521 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4522 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4524 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4526 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4528 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4529 Compose last characters.
4530 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4531 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4532 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4533 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4534 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4535 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4536 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4537 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4538 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4539 after a sequence character events.
4542 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4544 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4545 Convert CHAR to string.
4547 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4548 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4549 vector of CHAR respectively.
4550 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4552 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4554 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4558 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4559 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4562 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4563 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4564 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4565 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4567 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4570 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4571 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4572 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4574 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4576 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4577 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4578 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4579 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4581 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4583 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4584 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4586 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4590 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4591 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
4592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4594 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4595 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4596 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4597 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4598 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4599 following the copyright are updated as well.
4600 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4603 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4605 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4606 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4608 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4612 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4613 ;;;;;; (16057 36339))
4614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4616 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4617 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4618 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4619 Tab indents for Perl code.
4620 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4621 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4623 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4624 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4625 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4626 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4627 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4628 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4629 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4630 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4631 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4632 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4633 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4634 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4636 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4638 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4639 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4641 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4643 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4644 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4645 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4646 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4647 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4648 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4649 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4650 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4651 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4653 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4657 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4658 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4659 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4662 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4663 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4664 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4666 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4668 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4669 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4670 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4671 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4672 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4674 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4684 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4685 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4686 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4687 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4688 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4689 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4690 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4691 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4692 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4693 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4694 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4695 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4696 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4698 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4699 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4700 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4701 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4702 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4703 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4705 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4706 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4709 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4710 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4711 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4712 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4713 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4715 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4716 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4717 span the needed amount of lines.
4719 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4720 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4721 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4722 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4724 Variables controlling indentation style:
4725 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4726 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4728 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4729 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4730 `cperl-auto-newline'
4731 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4732 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4733 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4734 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4735 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4736 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4737 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4738 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4739 `cperl-indent-level'
4740 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4741 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4742 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4743 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4744 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4745 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4746 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4747 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4748 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4749 `cperl-brace-offset'
4750 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4751 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4752 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4753 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4754 `cperl-label-offset'
4755 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4756 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4757 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4759 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4760 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4761 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4762 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4763 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4765 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4766 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4767 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4768 \(both available from menu).
4770 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4771 column 0 is indented on
4772 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4774 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4777 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4778 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4779 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4785 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4786 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
4787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4789 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4790 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4791 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4792 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4793 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4797 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4798 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4804 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4805 ;;;;;; (16011 28193))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4808 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4809 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4810 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4811 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4814 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4816 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4818 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4819 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4820 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4824 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4828 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4829 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
4830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4832 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4833 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4834 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4835 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4837 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4838 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4839 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4840 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4842 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4843 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4844 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4846 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4847 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4850 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4851 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4852 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4854 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4856 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4857 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4858 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4860 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4868 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4869 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4870 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4872 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4874 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4876 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4877 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4878 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4879 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4880 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4881 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4884 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4885 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4886 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4887 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4888 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4889 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4890 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4891 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4895 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4896 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4897 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4898 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4899 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4900 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4901 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4902 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4903 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824))
4904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4905 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4907 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4908 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4921 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4922 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4924 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4925 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4927 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4928 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4930 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4931 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4933 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4934 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4936 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4938 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4940 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4941 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4944 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4945 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4947 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4948 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4950 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4951 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4954 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4956 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4960 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4961 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4962 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4963 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4964 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4968 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4969 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4970 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4971 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4975 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4980 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4985 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4987 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4988 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4990 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4992 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4994 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4995 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4996 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4998 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5001 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5002 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5003 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5004 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5006 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5007 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5010 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5012 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5013 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5014 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5016 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5017 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5019 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5021 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5022 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5024 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5025 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5027 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5029 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5030 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5034 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5035 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5039 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Customize all already saved user options.
5044 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5045 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5046 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5047 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5048 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5049 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5050 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5052 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5054 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5056 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5058 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5060 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5061 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5063 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5066 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5068 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5070 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5071 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5072 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5073 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5074 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5077 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5079 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5080 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5081 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5082 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5083 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5086 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5088 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5089 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5091 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5093 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5094 File used for storing customization information.
5095 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5096 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5097 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5099 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5100 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5101 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5102 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5104 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5106 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5107 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5111 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5112 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5116 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5117 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5118 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5120 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5122 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5123 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5124 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5125 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5126 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5128 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5133 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5134 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5135 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5137 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5138 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5140 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5142 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5143 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5144 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5145 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5147 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5149 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5150 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5151 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5152 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5153 between themes and faces.
5154 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5156 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5157 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5159 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5161 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5162 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5163 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5164 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5165 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5167 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5169 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5170 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5171 Associate this setting with THEME.
5173 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5177 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5179 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5181 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5182 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5183 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5185 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5187 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5191 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5192 ;;;;;; (16135 8990))
5193 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5195 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5196 Create a custom theme.
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5203 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5206 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5207 Mode used for cvs status output.
5213 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5214 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 10657))
5215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5217 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5218 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5220 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5221 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5222 C++ modes are included.
5224 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5228 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5231 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5232 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5236 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5237 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5238 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5240 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5242 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5244 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5245 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5246 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5247 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5248 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5254 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5255 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5256 ;;;;;; (15961 24154))
5257 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5259 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5260 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5262 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5264 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5265 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5267 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5269 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5270 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5271 For readability, the table is slightly
5272 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5274 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5275 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5276 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5277 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5278 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5280 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5284 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5285 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5288 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5290 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5292 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5293 Completion on current word.
5294 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5295 and presents suggestions for completion.
5297 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5298 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5301 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5302 then it searches *all* buffers.
5304 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5305 if there is a suitable one already.
5307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5309 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5310 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5312 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5313 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5314 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5315 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5316 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5318 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5319 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5321 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5322 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5323 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5325 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5326 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5328 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5334 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997
5336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5338 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5339 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5341 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5342 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5343 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5345 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5346 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5347 Data lines are not indented.
5352 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5354 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5355 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5356 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5357 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5359 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5362 Extra indentation within blocks.
5364 dcl-continuation-offset
5365 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5368 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5370 dcl-margin-label-offset
5371 Indentation for a label.
5373 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5374 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5376 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5377 dcl-block-end-regexp
5378 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5379 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5380 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5381 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5382 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5384 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5385 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5386 Two such functions are included in the package:
5387 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5388 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5390 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5391 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5392 One such function is included in the package:
5393 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5395 dcl-tab-always-indent
5396 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5397 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5400 dcl-electric-characters
5401 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5404 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5405 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5406 which words trigger electric indentation.
5409 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5410 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5411 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5413 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5414 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5415 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5416 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5418 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5419 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5420 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5421 dcl-imenu-label-call
5422 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5424 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5425 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5426 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5427 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5430 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5432 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5433 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5434 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5436 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5437 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5441 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5442 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5443 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5444 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5445 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5446 \"lined up with the command line\"
5448 Data lines are not indented at all.
5449 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5454 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5455 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5461 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5462 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5465 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5467 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5468 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5469 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5472 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5473 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5474 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5476 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5478 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5479 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5480 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5481 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5482 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5483 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5484 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5486 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5488 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5489 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5490 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5492 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (16057 36338))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5500 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5501 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5505 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5506 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5507 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5508 Upper-case letters are commands.
5510 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5513 The most useful commands are:
5514 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5515 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5516 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5517 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5518 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5519 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5525 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5526 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5530 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5531 Customization of `columns' group.
5535 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5536 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5538 START and END delimits the text region.
5540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5542 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5543 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5545 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5551 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5555 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5556 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5557 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5558 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5559 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5560 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5562 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5566 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5567 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5568 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5569 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5570 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5572 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5573 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5574 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5575 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5576 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5577 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5579 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5580 Directories to search when finding external units.
5581 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5582 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5586 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5587 Face used to color delphi comments.
5588 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi strings.
5590 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5592 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5593 Face used to color everything else.
5595 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5596 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5598 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5602 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16014
5604 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5606 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5608 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5609 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5610 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5612 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5614 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5616 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5617 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5618 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5621 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5622 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5623 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5631 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16087 59607))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5634 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5635 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5637 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5639 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5640 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5641 or nil if there is no parent.
5642 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5643 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5644 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5645 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5646 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5648 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5649 arguments are currently understood:
5651 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5653 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5654 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5656 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5657 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5659 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5661 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5663 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5664 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5665 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5667 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5668 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5670 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5671 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5672 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5674 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5675 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5677 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5679 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5680 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5681 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5682 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5683 the first time the mode is used.
5685 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5689 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5690 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16111 41824))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5693 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5694 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5695 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5696 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5697 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5700 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5702 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5704 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5705 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5706 character composition information (if relevant),
5707 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5713 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5714 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5715 ;;;;;; (16148 4632))
5716 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5718 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5719 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5720 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5721 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5722 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5723 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5727 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5728 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5729 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5730 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5734 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5735 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5736 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5737 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5741 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5742 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5746 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5747 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15961
5755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5757 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5762 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16131 19792))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5765 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5766 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5767 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5768 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5769 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5773 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5774 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5775 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5776 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5778 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5779 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5780 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5781 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5784 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5786 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5787 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5788 european-calendar-style t \\
5789 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5790 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5791 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5793 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5794 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5795 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5796 to run it every morning at 1am.
5798 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5801 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5807 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5808 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949))
5809 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5811 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5812 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5814 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5816 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5817 *The command to use to run diff.")
5819 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5821 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5822 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5823 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5824 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5825 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5826 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5828 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5830 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5831 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5832 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5833 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5834 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5836 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5841 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5844 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5845 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5846 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5848 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5849 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5850 headers for you on-the-fly.
5852 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5853 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5854 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5858 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5859 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5860 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5866 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5867 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5868 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5869 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5870 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16140 30175))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5873 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5874 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5875 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5876 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5877 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5878 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5879 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5880 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5884 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5885 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5887 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5888 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5889 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5890 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5891 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5893 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5894 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5896 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5897 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5898 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5899 always set this variable to t.")
5901 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5903 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5904 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5905 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5906 A value of t means move to first file.")
5908 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5910 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5911 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5912 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5913 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5914 are afterward marked with that character.")
5916 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5918 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5919 *Controls marking of copied files.
5920 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5921 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5923 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5925 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5926 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5927 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5928 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5930 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5932 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5933 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5934 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5935 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5937 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5939 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5940 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5941 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5942 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5944 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5946 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5948 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5949 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5950 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5952 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5954 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5955 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5956 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5957 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5958 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5959 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5961 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5962 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5963 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5964 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5965 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5966 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5967 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5968 list of files to make directory entries for.
5969 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5970 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5971 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5972 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5974 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5976 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5977 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5979 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5980 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5982 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5983 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5985 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5986 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5988 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5990 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5991 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5993 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5994 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5998 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5999 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6000 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6001 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6002 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6003 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6004 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6005 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6006 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6007 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6008 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6009 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6010 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150))
6011 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6013 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6014 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6015 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6016 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6017 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6019 which is options for `diff'.
6021 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6023 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6024 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6025 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6026 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6027 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6028 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6030 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6032 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6033 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6034 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6038 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6039 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6043 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6044 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6049 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6050 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6051 `lpr-switches' as default.
6053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6055 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6056 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6057 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6058 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6059 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6061 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6062 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6064 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6065 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6066 file name substituted for `?'.
6068 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6069 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6071 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6072 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6073 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6074 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6076 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6078 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6079 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6080 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6082 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6083 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6086 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6087 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6089 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6091 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6092 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6093 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6094 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6095 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6096 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6098 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6100 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6103 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6105 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6106 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6110 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6111 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6115 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6116 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6120 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6121 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6122 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6123 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6125 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6127 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6130 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6132 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6135 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6137 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6138 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6140 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6142 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6145 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6147 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6150 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6152 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6153 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6155 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6157 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6158 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6159 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6160 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6161 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6162 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6163 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6164 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6165 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6169 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6170 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6171 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6172 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6173 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6174 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6175 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6176 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6180 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6181 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6182 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6183 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6184 and new hard links are made in that directory
6185 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6186 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6187 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6191 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6192 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6193 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6194 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6195 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6196 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6197 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6201 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6202 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6204 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6205 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6206 file if none are marked.
6208 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6209 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6210 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6211 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6213 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6214 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6216 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6218 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6219 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6220 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6222 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6224 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6225 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6226 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6228 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6230 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6231 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6232 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6234 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6236 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6237 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6241 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6242 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6246 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6247 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6248 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6249 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6250 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6251 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6253 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6255 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6257 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6258 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6259 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6260 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6261 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6262 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6264 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6266 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6269 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6270 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6272 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6274 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6275 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6276 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6277 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6281 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6282 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6283 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6284 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6288 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6289 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6290 Lower levels are unaffected.
6292 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6294 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6295 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6299 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6300 Go down in the dired tree.
6304 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6305 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6306 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6307 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6311 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6312 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6313 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6314 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6318 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6319 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6320 Stops when a match is found.
6321 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6325 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6326 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6327 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6328 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6329 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6331 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6333 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6334 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6335 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6336 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6338 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6345 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6346 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6347 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6348 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6349 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6350 buffer and try again.
6352 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 671))
6357 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6359 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6360 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6361 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6363 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6365 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6366 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6368 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6369 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6371 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6379 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6380 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6381 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6382 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6383 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6384 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6386 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6390 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6391 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6392 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6393 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6394 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951))
6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6397 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6398 Return a new, empty display table.
6402 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6403 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6404 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6405 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6406 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6408 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6410 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6411 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6412 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6413 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6414 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6416 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6418 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6419 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6423 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6424 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6428 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6429 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6433 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6434 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6438 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6439 Display character C using printable string S.
6443 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6444 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6445 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6446 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6448 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6450 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6451 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6452 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6455 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6457 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6458 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6460 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6462 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6463 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6465 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6467 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6468 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6470 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6471 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6472 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6473 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6475 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6476 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6477 European character display.
6479 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6480 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6481 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6482 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6484 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6485 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6486 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6487 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6488 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6495 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6498 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6499 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6500 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6501 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6502 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6503 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6504 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6514 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6515 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6522 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6525 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6528 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6530 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6532 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6534 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6536 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6537 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6543 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963))
6544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6546 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6547 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6553 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6554 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6557 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6558 Play sounds in message buffers.
6564 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6565 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792))
6567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6569 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6571 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6572 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6573 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6574 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6576 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6577 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6578 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6579 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6580 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6581 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6582 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6583 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6586 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6587 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6588 Before the actual body code, you can write
6589 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6590 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6591 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6592 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6593 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6594 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6595 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6596 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6597 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6598 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6599 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6601 For example, you could write
6602 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6603 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6606 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6608 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6609 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6610 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6611 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6612 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6613 :group to specify the custom group.
6615 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6617 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6618 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6619 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6620 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6621 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6622 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6623 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6625 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6627 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6630 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6632 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6633 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6634 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6636 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6640 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6641 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6645 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6647 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6648 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6650 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6651 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6652 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6654 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6655 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6659 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6664 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6665 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6669 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6670 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6672 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6674 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6676 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6678 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6679 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6681 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6682 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6684 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6686 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6688 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6692 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6693 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6694 computed automatically.
6695 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6699 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6701 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6702 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6703 keyboard equivalent.
6707 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6708 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6712 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6713 expression has a non-nil value.
6717 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6718 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6722 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6726 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6727 radio: A radio button.
6728 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6729 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6731 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6735 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6736 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6740 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6742 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6743 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6744 as a solid horizontal line.
6746 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6748 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6750 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6753 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6755 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6756 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6757 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6758 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6760 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6763 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6764 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6765 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6766 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6767 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6769 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6770 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6771 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6773 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6774 to implement dynamic menus.
6776 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6782 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6783 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6784 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6787 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6788 Customization for ebnf group.
6792 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6793 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6795 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6796 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6799 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6800 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6801 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6802 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6804 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6808 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6810 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6812 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6813 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6814 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6815 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6817 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6821 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6822 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6823 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6825 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6827 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6829 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6830 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6832 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6833 The EPS file name has the following form:
6835 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6837 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6838 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6840 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6841 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6842 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6843 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6845 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6849 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6852 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6853 The EPS file name has the following form:
6855 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6857 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6858 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6860 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6861 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6862 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6863 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6865 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6867 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6869 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6871 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6872 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6876 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6877 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6881 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6882 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6886 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6887 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6889 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6891 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6892 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6894 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6896 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6897 Set STYLE to current style.
6899 It returns the old style symbol.
6903 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6904 Reset current style.
6906 It returns the old style symbol.
6908 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6910 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6911 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6913 It returns the old style symbol.
6915 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6917 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6918 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6920 It returns the old style symbol.
6926 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6927 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6928 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6929 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6930 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6931 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6934 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6935 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6936 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6937 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6938 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6939 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6941 Tree mode key bindings:
6942 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6946 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6947 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6951 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6952 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6953 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6954 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6957 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6959 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6960 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6961 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6962 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6964 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6967 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6968 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6970 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6973 Search for call sites of a member.
6974 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6975 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6976 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6977 looks like a function call to the member.
6979 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6982 Move backward in the position stack.
6983 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6988 Move forward in the position stack.
6989 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6994 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6998 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6999 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7003 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7004 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7005 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7006 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7008 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7011 Display statistics for a class tree.
7017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7021 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7022 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7023 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7024 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7026 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7027 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7028 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7030 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7031 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7032 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7034 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7036 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7043 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7046 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7047 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7048 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7050 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7055 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828))
7056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7058 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7059 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7060 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7061 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7062 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7064 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7065 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7066 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7067 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7069 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7071 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7072 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7073 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7074 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7076 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7078 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7079 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7080 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7081 \(naming a function), or a list.
7083 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7085 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7087 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7088 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7089 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7090 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7091 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7093 If you do this on a function definition
7094 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7095 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7096 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7097 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7099 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7100 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7101 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7102 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7115 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7116 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7117 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7118 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824))
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7121 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7122 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7124 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7127 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7129 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7131 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7133 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7135 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7136 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7137 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7138 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7142 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7143 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7145 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7147 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7152 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7154 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7156 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7157 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7158 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7159 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7161 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7163 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7165 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7166 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7167 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7168 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7170 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7172 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7174 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7175 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7176 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7177 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7179 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7181 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7186 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7190 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7193 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7194 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7195 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7196 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7197 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7199 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7202 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7203 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7204 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7206 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7208 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7212 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7213 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7215 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7217 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7219 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7221 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7222 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7223 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7225 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7226 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7228 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7231 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7232 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7234 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7235 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7237 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7239 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7240 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7241 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7242 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7243 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7245 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7246 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7248 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7251 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7252 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7253 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7254 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7256 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7257 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7258 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7262 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7264 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7265 Merge two files without ancestor.
7267 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7270 Merge two files with ancestor.
7272 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7274 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7276 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7277 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7279 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7282 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7284 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7286 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7287 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7288 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7291 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7294 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7295 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7298 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7301 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7302 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7303 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7307 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7308 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7309 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7310 and don't ask the user.
7311 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7312 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7314 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7317 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7318 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7319 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7320 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7321 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7323 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7325 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7327 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7329 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7330 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7331 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7332 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7333 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7335 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7337 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7339 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7340 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7341 When called interactively, displays the version.
7345 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7346 Display Ediff's manual.
7347 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7349 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7357 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951))
7365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7367 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7368 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7370 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7372 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7376 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7377 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7380 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7381 Display Ediff's registry.
7385 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7389 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7390 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824))
7391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7393 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7394 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7395 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7400 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7401 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7402 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7403 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7410 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (15941 42952))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7414 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7415 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7416 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7418 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7419 Edit a keyboard macro.
7420 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7421 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7422 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7424 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7426 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7429 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7431 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7433 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7434 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7436 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7438 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7439 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7440 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7441 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7442 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7443 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7445 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7446 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7447 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7448 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7450 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7452 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7453 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7454 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7455 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7456 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7457 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7459 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7464 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7467 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7469 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7470 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7472 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7474 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7475 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7482 ;;;;;; (16139 21083))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7485 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7486 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7487 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7488 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7489 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7490 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7491 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7492 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7494 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7495 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7497 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7498 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7499 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7500 this value is non-nil.
7502 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7503 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7504 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7506 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7507 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7508 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7510 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7512 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7515 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7520 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16057 36338))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7523 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7524 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7526 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7528 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7529 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7530 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7532 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7533 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7534 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7535 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7536 from the documentation string if possible.
7538 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7541 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7545 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7546 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7556 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7557 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7559 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7560 an elided material again.
7562 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7569 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7572 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7579 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7580 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7584 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7585 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7586 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7588 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7590 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7591 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7592 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7594 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7596 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7597 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7598 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7600 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7602 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7604 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7605 Display current profiling results.
7606 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7607 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7615 ;;;;;; (15678 51470))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7618 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7619 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7620 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7622 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7627 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7628 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7629 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7630 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16011 28192))
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7633 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7635 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7637 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7639 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7641 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7643 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7645 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7647 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7649 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7651 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7652 Run Emerge on two files.
7654 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7656 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7657 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7659 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7661 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7662 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7664 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7666 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7667 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7669 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7671 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7676 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7681 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7684 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7686 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7689 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7691 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7692 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7694 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7697 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7699 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7701 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7704 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7709 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7712 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7713 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7714 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7716 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7718 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7720 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7721 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7722 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7724 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7725 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7728 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7729 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7730 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7736 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7737 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16087 59699))
7738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7740 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7741 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7742 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7743 text/enriched format.
7744 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7746 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7747 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7751 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7755 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7758 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7760 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7763 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15678
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7771 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7772 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7784 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7785 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7791 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7792 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7795 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7796 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7797 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7798 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7799 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7800 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7801 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7802 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7803 buffer selected (or created).
7805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7807 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7808 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7809 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7811 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7813 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7814 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7815 The result might be any Lisp object.
7816 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7817 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7818 corresponding to a successful execution.
7820 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7822 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7823 Report a bug in Eshell.
7824 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7825 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7831 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7832 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7833 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7834 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7835 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7836 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7837 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148
7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7841 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7842 *File name of tags table.
7843 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7844 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7845 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7846 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7848 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7849 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7850 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7851 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7853 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7855 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7856 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7857 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7858 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7859 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7860 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7862 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7864 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7865 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7866 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7867 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7868 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7869 `auto-compression-mode').")
7871 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7873 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7874 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7875 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7876 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7877 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7879 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7881 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7882 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7883 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7884 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7886 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7888 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7889 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7890 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7891 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7892 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7894 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7896 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7897 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7898 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7899 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7901 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7902 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7903 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7904 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7905 file the tag was in.
7907 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7909 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7910 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7911 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7912 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7913 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7914 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7915 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7916 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7917 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7919 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7921 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7922 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7923 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7924 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7925 without directory names.
7929 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7930 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7931 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7932 but does not select the buffer.
7933 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7935 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7936 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7937 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7938 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7939 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7941 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7943 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7944 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7945 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7947 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7949 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7951 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7952 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7953 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7954 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7956 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7957 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7958 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7959 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7960 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7962 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7964 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7965 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7966 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7968 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7970 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7971 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7973 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7974 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7975 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7976 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7977 around or before point.
7979 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7980 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7981 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7982 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7983 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7985 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7987 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7988 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7989 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7991 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7993 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7994 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7996 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7997 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7998 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7999 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8000 around or before point.
8002 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8003 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8004 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8005 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8006 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8008 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8010 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8011 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8012 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8014 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8016 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8017 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8019 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8020 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8021 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8023 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8024 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8025 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8026 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8027 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8029 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8031 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8032 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8033 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8035 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8037 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8038 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8039 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8041 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8042 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8044 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8045 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8046 where they were found.
8050 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8051 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8053 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8054 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8055 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8057 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8058 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8060 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8061 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8063 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8066 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8067 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8068 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8070 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8071 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8072 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8073 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8074 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8076 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8077 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8079 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8080 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8081 Stops when a match is found.
8082 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8084 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8086 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8089 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8090 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8091 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8092 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8094 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8096 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8098 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8099 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8100 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8101 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8102 directory specification.
8104 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8106 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8107 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8109 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8111 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8112 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8113 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8114 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8118 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8119 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8120 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8121 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8122 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8131 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8132 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8133 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8134 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8135 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15941 42961))
8136 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8138 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8143 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8144 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8145 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8146 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8148 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8149 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8152 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8153 even if the buffer is read-only.
8155 See also the descriptions of the variables
8156 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8157 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8159 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8161 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8162 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8164 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8165 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8167 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8168 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8171 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8172 buffer is read-only.
8174 See also the descriptions of the variables
8175 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8176 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8178 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8180 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8181 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8182 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8187 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8189 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8190 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8192 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8193 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8197 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8202 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8205 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8206 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8207 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8209 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8210 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8211 the primary language.
8213 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8214 buffer is read-only.
8216 See also the descriptions of the variables
8217 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8218 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8220 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8222 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8223 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8224 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8225 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8227 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8228 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8231 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8232 buffer is read-only.
8234 See also the descriptions of the variables
8235 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8236 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8238 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8240 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8241 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8242 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8247 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8249 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8250 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8251 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8252 3) convert the body into SERA.
8254 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8258 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8259 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8260 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8262 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8264 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8265 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8269 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8270 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8272 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8273 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8276 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8277 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8278 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8280 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8282 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8284 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8285 Allow the user to input special characters.
8289 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8290 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8291 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8295 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8296 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8300 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8301 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8303 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8304 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8306 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8307 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8311 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8312 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8316 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8317 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8321 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8322 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8328 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8329 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8330 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
8331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8333 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8334 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8335 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8336 server for future sessions.
8338 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8340 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8341 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8345 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8346 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8350 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8351 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8352 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8353 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8354 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8355 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8356 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8357 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8358 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8359 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8360 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8361 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8363 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8365 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8366 Display a form to query the directory server.
8367 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8368 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8370 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8372 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8373 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8374 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8378 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8383 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8384 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8387 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
8388 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8390 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8392 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
8393 Display URL and make it clickable.
8397 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
8398 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8400 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
8402 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
8403 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8407 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
8408 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8412 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
8413 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8420 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8423 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
8424 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8425 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8429 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
8430 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8437 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8440 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8441 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8447 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8448 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8449 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832))
8450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8452 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
8453 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8454 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8456 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil
)
8458 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
8459 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8460 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8461 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8462 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8465 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
8467 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
8468 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8469 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8473 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
8474 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8475 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8483 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8486 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
8487 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8488 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8489 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8491 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8493 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8494 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8495 to generate such functions.
8497 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8498 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8499 beginning of the expanded text.
8501 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8502 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8503 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8504 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8506 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8508 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
8510 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
8511 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8512 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8516 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
8517 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8518 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8521 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
8522 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
8526 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750))
8527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8529 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
8530 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8531 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8533 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8534 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8535 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8537 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8542 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8545 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8547 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8549 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8550 `f90-program-indent'
8551 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8553 `f90-continuation-indent'
8554 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8555 `f90-comment-region'
8556 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8557 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8558 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8559 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8561 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8562 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8563 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8564 `f90-break-delimiters'
8565 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8566 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8567 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8568 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8570 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8571 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8573 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8574 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8575 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8576 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8577 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8578 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8580 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8582 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8584 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8585 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8592 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8593 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8594 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8595 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952))
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8597 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
8598 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
8600 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
8601 Menu keymap for faces.")
8603 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
8605 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
8606 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8608 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
8610 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
8611 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8613 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
8615 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8616 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8618 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8620 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8621 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8623 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8625 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8626 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8628 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8630 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8631 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8633 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8635 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8637 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8639 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8641 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8642 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8643 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8644 will not show through at all will be removed.
8646 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8648 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8649 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8652 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8653 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8654 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8656 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8658 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8659 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8660 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8662 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8663 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8666 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8667 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8668 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8670 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8672 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8673 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8674 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8676 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8677 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8680 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8681 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8682 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8684 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8686 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8687 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8688 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8689 is the menu item's name.
8691 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8692 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8695 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8696 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8697 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8699 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8701 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8702 Make the region invisible.
8703 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8704 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8708 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8709 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8710 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8711 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8715 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8716 Make the region unmodifiable.
8717 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8718 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8722 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8723 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8725 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8727 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8728 Remove all text properties from the region.
8730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8732 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8733 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8734 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8738 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8739 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8741 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8743 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8744 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8745 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8746 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8747 of colors that the current display can handle.
8749 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8754 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8757 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8758 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8759 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8760 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8762 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8764 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8765 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8766 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8768 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8769 - When you save the file's buffer.
8770 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8771 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8772 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8773 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8775 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8777 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8778 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8779 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8780 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8784 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8785 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8789 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8793 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8794 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8795 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274))
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8798 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8799 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8800 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8801 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8805 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8806 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8810 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8811 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8812 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8813 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8817 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8818 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8819 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8820 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8821 backup file names and the like).
8823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8825 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8826 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8827 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8828 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8829 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8830 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8831 internally by feedmail):
8833 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8834 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8835 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8836 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8838 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8839 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8840 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8841 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8842 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8844 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8849 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8852 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8853 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8854 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8855 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8856 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8857 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8858 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8860 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8862 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8863 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8864 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8865 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8866 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8867 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8868 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8870 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8874 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8876 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8877 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8878 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8879 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8880 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8881 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8883 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8885 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8886 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8887 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8889 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8890 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8895 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8896 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8898 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8900 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8901 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8911 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8912 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8913 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8914 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8915 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8916 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8917 \(directories) is done.
8920 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8921 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8922 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8926 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8927 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952))
8928 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8930 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8931 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8932 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8933 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8934 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8936 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8938 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8939 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8940 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8941 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8943 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8945 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8946 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8947 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8949 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8951 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8952 as the final argument.
8954 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8956 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8957 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8958 and run dired on those files.
8959 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8960 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8962 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8964 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8966 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8967 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8968 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8970 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8972 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8974 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8978 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8979 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8980 ;;;;;; (16111 41825))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8983 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8984 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8985 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8987 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8989 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8991 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8993 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8994 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8995 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8997 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8998 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9000 Variables of interest include:
9002 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9003 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9004 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9006 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9007 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9008 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9010 - `ff-ignore-include'
9011 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9013 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9014 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9017 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9019 - `ff-special-constructs'
9020 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9021 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9022 extracting the filename from that construct.
9024 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9025 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9027 - `ff-search-directories'
9028 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9029 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9031 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9032 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9034 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9035 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9037 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9038 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9040 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9041 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9043 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9044 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9046 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9048 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9049 Visit the file you click on.
9053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9054 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9061 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9062 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9063 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9064 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9065 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9068 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9069 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9071 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9073 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9075 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9076 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9078 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9080 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9081 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9083 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9084 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9087 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9088 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9091 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9093 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9094 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9096 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9097 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9098 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9099 it is one of the current buffers.
9101 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9102 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9103 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9105 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9107 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9108 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9110 See `find-function' for more details.
9112 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9114 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9115 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9117 See `find-function' for more details.
9119 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9121 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9122 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9124 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9125 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9128 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9129 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9131 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9134 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9136 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9137 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9138 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9139 it is one of the current buffers.
9141 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9142 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9143 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9145 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9147 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9148 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9150 See `find-variable' for more details.
9152 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9154 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9155 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9157 See `find-variable' for more details.
9159 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9161 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9162 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9163 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9167 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9168 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9172 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9173 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9177 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9178 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9185 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9188 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9189 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9191 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9193 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9194 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9198 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9199 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9201 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9206 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9209 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9210 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9214 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9215 Display FILE's commentary section.
9216 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9220 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9221 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9227 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9228 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9231 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9232 Toggle flow control handling.
9233 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9234 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9236 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9238 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9239 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9240 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9241 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9242 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9243 to get the effect of a C-q.
9245 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9250 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9251 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9254 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9255 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9256 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9258 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9260 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9261 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9265 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9267 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9269 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9270 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9271 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9272 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9273 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9274 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9277 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9278 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9279 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9282 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9285 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9286 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9287 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9289 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9291 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9292 in your .emacs file.
9294 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9295 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9299 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9301 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9302 The flyspell version
9306 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9307 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9311 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9312 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9314 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9316 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9317 Flyspell whole buffer.
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9324 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9325 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9328 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9329 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9333 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9334 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9338 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9339 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9341 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9342 of two major techniques:
9344 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9345 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9346 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9348 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9349 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9350 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9353 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9354 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9355 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9356 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9357 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9360 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9361 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9363 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9365 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9366 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9367 \(This is the default.)
9369 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9370 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9372 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9377 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9378 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9380 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9381 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9382 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9383 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9384 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9385 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9387 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9388 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9389 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9391 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9392 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9393 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9399 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9400 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9401 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16138 682))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9404 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9409 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9410 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9411 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9412 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9413 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9414 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9415 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9416 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9417 end of the current highlighting list.
9421 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9422 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9423 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9425 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9426 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9428 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9429 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9430 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9432 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9433 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9434 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9436 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9438 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9439 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9441 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9442 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9444 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9445 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9446 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9448 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9450 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9451 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9461 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9462 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9463 \\<message-mode-map>
9467 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9468 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9469 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9470 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9471 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9472 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9479 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9482 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9483 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9485 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9486 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9487 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9488 C-c < forms-first-record <
9489 C-c > forms-last-record >
9490 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9491 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9492 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9493 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9494 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9495 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9496 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9497 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9498 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9499 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9501 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9503 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9504 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9508 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9509 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9516 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9519 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9520 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9521 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9522 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9523 with a character in column 6.")
9525 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9527 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9528 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9529 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9531 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9532 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9534 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9537 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9539 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9542 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9544 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9546 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9547 `fortran-structure-indent'
9548 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9550 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9551 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9552 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9553 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9554 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9555 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9556 nil don't change the indentation
9557 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9559 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9560 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9561 depending on the continuation format in use.
9562 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9563 indentation for a line of code.
9565 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9566 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9567 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9568 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9569 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9570 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9571 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9572 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9573 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9574 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9576 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9577 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9578 statements (default nil).
9579 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9580 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9581 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9582 `fortran-continuation-string'
9583 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9584 line (default \"$\").
9585 `fortran-comment-region'
9586 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9587 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9588 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9589 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9590 as typed (default t).
9591 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9592 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9594 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9595 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9601 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9602 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9605 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9606 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9608 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9609 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9611 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9613 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9614 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9616 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9617 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9619 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9621 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9622 Compile fortune file.
9624 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9625 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9627 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9629 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9630 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9632 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9633 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9634 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9635 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9637 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9640 Display a fortune cookie.
9642 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9643 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9644 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9645 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9647 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9652 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671))
9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9655 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9656 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9657 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9658 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9659 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9660 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9661 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9663 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9664 it take real effect.
9665 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9666 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9667 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9669 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9671 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9672 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9673 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9674 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9675 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9676 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9677 specified, the user is queried.
9678 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9680 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9681 see `set-fringe-style'.
9683 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9685 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9686 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9687 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9688 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9689 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9690 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9691 specified, the user is queried.
9692 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9694 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9698 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16139 21084))
9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9701 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9702 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9703 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9704 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9706 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9707 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9708 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9710 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9712 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9713 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9717 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9726 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9727 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9728 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9729 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9730 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9731 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9733 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9734 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9735 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9738 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9741 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9742 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9743 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9745 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9747 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9748 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9749 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9756 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9757 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9760 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9761 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9763 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9764 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9766 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9767 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9770 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9771 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9772 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9773 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9774 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9775 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9777 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9778 Each keyword should be a string.
9780 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9781 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9783 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9784 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9785 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9787 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9789 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9791 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9793 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9794 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9795 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9796 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9798 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9799 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9806 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9809 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9810 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9811 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9812 at places they belong to.
9814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9818 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9819 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960))
9820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9822 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9823 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9827 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9829 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9830 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9831 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9832 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9833 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9835 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9837 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9838 Read news as a slave.
9840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9842 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9843 Pop up a frame to read news.
9845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9847 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9849 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9850 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9851 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9853 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9858 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9859 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9862 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9863 Start Gnus unplugged.
9867 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9872 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9873 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9874 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9875 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9879 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9880 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9881 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9885 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9886 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9890 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9898 ;;;;;; (16057 36338))
9899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9901 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9902 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9908 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9909 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9912 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9913 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9919 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9920 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941
9922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9924 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9925 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9928 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9932 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9933 Generate the cache active file.
9935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9938 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9945 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9948 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9949 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9950 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9954 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9955 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9962 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9965 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9967 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9968 Run batched scoring.
9969 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9976 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9979 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9984 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9985 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9987 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9994 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9995 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9998 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9999 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10000 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10001 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10004 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10005 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10006 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10007 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10009 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10010 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10011 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10012 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10013 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10014 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10015 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10016 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10017 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10018 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10020 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10022 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10023 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10024 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10026 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10027 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10029 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10032 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10033 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10035 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10039 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10040 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10041 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10043 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10045 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10046 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10047 existing groups are considered.
10049 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10050 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10053 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10054 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10055 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10056 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10057 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10058 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10059 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10060 clauses will be generated.
10062 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10063 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10064 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10065 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10066 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10067 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10069 For example, given the following group parameters:
10072 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10073 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10075 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10076 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10077 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10078 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10080 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10082 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10084 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10086 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10087 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10090 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10094 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10095 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10098 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10099 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10100 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10102 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10106 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10110 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10111 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10112 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10113 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10115 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10117 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10122 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
10123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10125 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10126 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10127 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10128 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10131 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10132 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10133 rather than using this function.
10135 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10140 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10143 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10144 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10145 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10146 for matching on group names.
10148 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10149 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10151 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10153 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10160 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
10161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10163 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10164 Update the format specification near point.
10170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10171 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15678 51469))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10174 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10175 Unload all Gnus features.
10176 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10177 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10178 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10182 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10183 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10185 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10190 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10193 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10194 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10196 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16025 36884))
10201 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10203 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10204 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10206 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10207 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10208 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10210 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10211 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10212 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10214 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10215 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10217 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10218 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10220 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10222 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10226 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10227 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831))
10228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10230 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10231 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10232 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10233 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10234 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10236 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10238 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10239 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10240 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10241 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10242 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10246 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10247 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10248 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10250 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10252 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10253 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10259 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10262 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10263 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10264 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10265 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10266 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10268 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10273 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16131 19793))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10276 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10277 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10278 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10279 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10281 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10283 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10284 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10285 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10286 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10288 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10290 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10291 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10292 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10293 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10295 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10298 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10299 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10300 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10302 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10303 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10305 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10307 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10308 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10309 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10310 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10312 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10314 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10315 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10316 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10317 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10319 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10321 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10322 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10323 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10324 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10325 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10327 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10328 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10329 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10330 original source file access method.
10332 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10333 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10335 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10338 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10340 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10342 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10343 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10345 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10347 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10348 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10354 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941
10356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10358 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10359 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10360 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10361 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10363 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10364 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10365 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10366 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10373 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10376 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10377 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10379 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10381 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10382 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10383 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10384 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10386 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10390 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10391 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10392 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10393 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10401 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10402 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806))
10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10405 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10406 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10407 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10408 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10409 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10410 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10414 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10415 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10416 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10417 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10418 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10419 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10421 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10422 is used instead of `load-path'.
10424 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10425 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10426 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10428 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10430 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10431 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10433 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10435 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10438 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10440 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10441 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10442 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10446 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10447 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10448 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10449 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10450 it is displayed along with the global value.
10452 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10454 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10455 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10456 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10457 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10461 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10462 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10463 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10469 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10470 ;;;;;; (15961 24150))
10471 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10473 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10474 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10475 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10476 and window listing and describing the options.
10477 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10478 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10480 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10484 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10485 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10486 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10489 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10490 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10491 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10497 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10502 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10507 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10508 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10510 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10511 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10512 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10513 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10515 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10516 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10517 restore it properly when going back.
10519 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10521 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10522 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10524 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10525 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10526 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10527 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10528 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10530 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10531 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10532 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10533 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10535 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10536 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10539 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10541 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10542 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10543 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10544 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10545 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10546 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10548 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10550 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10551 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10552 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10553 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10554 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10556 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10558 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10559 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10561 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10565 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152))
10567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10569 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10570 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10574 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10575 Provide help for current mode.
10581 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10582 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10585 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10586 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10587 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10588 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10589 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10591 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10592 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10594 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10595 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10596 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10597 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10599 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10600 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10603 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10608 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10609 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10610 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10611 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10612 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10613 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10614 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10615 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10616 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10617 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10618 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10619 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10620 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10621 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10622 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10624 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10625 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10626 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10628 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10631 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10633 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10634 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10635 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10637 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10638 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10639 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10641 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10642 into the buffer at the current point.
10644 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10645 into the buffer at the current point.
10647 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10648 into the buffer at the current point.
10650 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10652 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10653 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10655 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10657 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10661 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10662 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10663 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10665 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10667 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10668 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10669 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10675 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10676 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10677 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941
10679 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10681 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10682 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10684 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10686 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10687 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10689 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10690 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10691 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10692 which can be called interactively, are:
10694 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10695 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10697 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10698 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10699 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10700 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10702 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10703 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10705 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10706 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10708 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10709 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10710 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10711 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10712 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10713 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10715 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10716 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10718 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10719 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10721 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10722 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10723 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10726 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10730 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10732 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10733 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10735 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10736 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10737 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10738 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10742 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10744 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10745 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10747 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10748 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10749 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10750 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10752 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10754 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10756 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10757 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10759 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10760 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10762 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10764 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10766 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10767 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10769 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10770 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10771 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10772 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10773 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10775 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10778 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10780 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10781 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10782 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10789 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10792 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10793 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10794 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10795 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10796 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10797 how the hiding is done:
10800 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10801 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10804 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10805 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10806 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10807 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10808 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10811 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10812 #endif lines when hiding.
10814 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10815 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10818 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10819 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10820 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10822 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10826 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10827 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10829 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10831 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10832 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10834 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10836 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10837 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10839 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10843 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10844 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15589 6174))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10847 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10848 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10850 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10852 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10853 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10854 Each element has the form
10855 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10857 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10858 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10860 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10861 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10863 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10864 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10865 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10866 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10867 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10869 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10870 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10872 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10873 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10875 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10876 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10877 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10879 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10880 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10881 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10882 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10883 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10884 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10886 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10887 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10888 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10890 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10891 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10893 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10896 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10902 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10903 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10904 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10905 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10908 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10910 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10911 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10912 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10914 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10916 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10917 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10919 Without an argument:
10920 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10921 or passive state as determined by the variable
10922 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10925 With an argument ARG:
10926 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10927 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10928 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10930 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10931 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10932 not displayed in a different face.
10935 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10936 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10937 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10938 buffer with the contents of a file
10939 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10940 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10944 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10945 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10946 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10950 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10951 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10955 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10956 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10960 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10961 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10963 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10964 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10965 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10966 shown in the last face in the list.
10968 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10969 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10970 buffer to be saved):
10972 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10976 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10977 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10979 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10980 and must not be read-only.
10982 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10983 this function is called interactively.
10985 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10986 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10987 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10989 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10990 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10991 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10993 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10995 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10996 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10998 When called interactively:
10999 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11000 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11001 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11002 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11004 When called from a program:
11005 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11006 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11007 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11008 - otherwise just turn it on
11010 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11011 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11012 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11013 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11019 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11020 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11021 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11022 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11023 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952))
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11026 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11027 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11028 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11029 or insert functions in this list.")
11031 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11033 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11034 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11036 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11038 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11039 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11041 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11043 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11044 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11046 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11048 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11049 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11051 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11053 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11054 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11055 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11057 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11059 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11060 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11061 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11064 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11066 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11067 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11068 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11069 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11070 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11072 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11074 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11075 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11076 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11077 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11078 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11080 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11081 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11082 undoes the expansion.
11086 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11087 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11088 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11089 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11091 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11096 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11099 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11100 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11101 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11103 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11104 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11105 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11106 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11107 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11109 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11110 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11111 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11112 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11116 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11117 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11118 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11120 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11122 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11124 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11125 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11126 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11128 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11129 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11135 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11136 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11139 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11140 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11141 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11143 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11147 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11148 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11150 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11151 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11153 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11155 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11159 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11160 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963))
11161 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11163 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11164 This function is obsolete.
11165 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11166 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11170 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11171 This function is obsolete.
11172 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11173 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11177 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11178 This function is obsolete.
11179 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11180 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11205 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11206 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11207 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16135 8990))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11211 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11212 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11217 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11222 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11224 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11227 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11229 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11232 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11237 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11239 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11242 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11244 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11245 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11246 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11247 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11248 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11253 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11254 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11255 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11257 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11262 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11263 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11267 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11268 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11273 Remove the first filter group.
11277 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11278 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11280 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11282 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11283 Remove all filter groups.
11287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11288 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11292 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11293 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11294 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11298 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11299 Kill the filter group at point.
11300 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11304 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11305 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11310 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11315 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11316 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11317 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11319 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11322 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11323 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11328 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11329 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11330 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11331 of replacing the current filters.
11335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11336 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11341 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11346 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11348 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11349 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11350 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11355 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11359 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11360 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11365 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11366 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11369 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11372 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11373 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11375 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11377 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11378 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11382 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11383 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11388 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11389 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11390 of replacing the current filters.
11393 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11403 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11404 Default sorting modes are:
11405 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11406 Name - the name of the buffer
11407 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11408 Size - the size of the buffer
11412 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11413 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11416 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11417 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11418 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11419 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11421 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11422 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11426 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11427 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11428 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11429 for this Ibuffer session.
11431 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11433 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11434 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11435 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11436 for this Ibuffer session.
11438 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11440 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11441 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11443 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11444 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11446 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11447 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11449 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11452 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11454 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11455 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11457 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11459 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11460 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11464 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11465 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11469 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11470 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11471 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11475 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11476 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11478 The names are separated by a space.
11479 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11481 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11482 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11483 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11484 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11486 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11490 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11491 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11493 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11495 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11496 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11498 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11500 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11501 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11503 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11505 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11506 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11510 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11511 Mark all modified buffers.
11515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11516 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11520 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11521 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11525 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11526 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11530 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11531 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11535 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11536 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11540 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11541 Mark all read-only buffers.
11545 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11546 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11550 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11551 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11552 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11555 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11560 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11564 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11565 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11567 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11568 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11569 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11571 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11572 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11573 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11574 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11575 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11576 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11578 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11579 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11580 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11581 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11582 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11584 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11586 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11587 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11588 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11589 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11590 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11592 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11593 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11594 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11596 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11598 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11599 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11600 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11601 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11602 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11603 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11605 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11606 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11607 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11608 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11609 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11610 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11611 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11612 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11614 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11615 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11616 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11617 buffer's modification flag.
11618 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11619 prompted before performing this operation.
11620 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11621 operation is complete, in the form:
11622 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11623 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11624 confirmation message, in the form:
11625 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11626 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11627 macro for exactly what it does.
11629 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11631 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11632 Define a filter named NAME.
11633 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11634 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11635 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11637 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11638 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11639 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11640 bound to the current value of the filter.
11642 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11646 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11647 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16135 8990))
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11650 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11651 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11652 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11653 buffers which are visiting a file.
11655 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11657 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11658 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11659 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11660 buffers which are visiting a file.
11662 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11664 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11665 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11666 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11668 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11669 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11671 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11672 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11673 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11674 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11675 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11676 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11677 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11678 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11679 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11680 locally in this buffer.
11682 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11686 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11687 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11690 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11691 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11692 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11696 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11697 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11698 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11707 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11708 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11709 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11710 Tab indents for Icon code.
11711 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11712 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11714 Variables controlling indentation style:
11715 icon-tab-always-indent
11716 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11717 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11719 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11720 inserted in Icon code.
11722 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11723 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11724 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11725 icon-continued-statement-offset
11726 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11727 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11728 icon-continued-brace-offset
11729 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11730 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11732 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11733 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11734 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11735 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11737 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11738 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11745 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11748 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11749 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11750 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11751 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11753 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11754 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11757 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11758 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11760 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11761 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11762 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11764 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11766 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11771 ;;;;;; (16057 36339))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11774 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11775 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11777 The main features of this mode are
11779 1. Indentation and Formatting
11780 --------------------------
11781 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11782 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11784 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11785 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11786 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11787 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11789 Comments are indented as follows:
11791 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11792 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11793 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11795 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11797 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11798 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11799 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11800 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11801 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11802 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11805 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11806 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11807 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11808 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11812 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11813 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11814 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11815 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11816 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11817 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11818 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11819 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11823 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11824 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11825 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11826 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11827 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11831 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11832 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11833 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11834 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11835 mixed or upper case.
11837 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11838 --------------------------------
11839 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11840 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11842 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11843 \\fu FUNCTION template
11844 \\c CASE statement template
11845 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11846 \\f FOR loop template
11847 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11848 \\w WHILE loop template
11849 \\i IF statement template
11850 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11853 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11854 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11856 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11857 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11858 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11860 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11861 -------------------------
11862 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11863 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11865 7. Automatic END completion
11866 ------------------------
11867 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11868 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11872 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11873 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11875 9. Documentation and Customization
11876 -------------------------------
11877 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11878 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11879 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11880 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11881 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11885 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11886 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11887 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11889 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11896 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11897 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11898 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11899 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11900 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11901 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11902 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 671))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11905 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11906 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11907 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11908 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11910 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11911 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11912 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11915 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11917 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11919 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11920 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11921 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11922 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11923 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11924 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11925 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11926 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11927 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11931 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11932 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11933 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11934 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11935 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11936 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11937 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11939 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11941 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11942 Switch to another buffer.
11943 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11944 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11947 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11948 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11949 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11950 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11951 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11953 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11954 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11956 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11957 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11959 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11960 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11961 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11962 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11963 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11964 in a separate window.
11965 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11966 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11967 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11968 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11969 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11970 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11971 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11972 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11973 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11977 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11978 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11979 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11980 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11984 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11985 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11986 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11987 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11991 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11993 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11994 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11998 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11999 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12000 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12001 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12005 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12006 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12007 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12008 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12012 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12013 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12017 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12018 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12019 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12020 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12021 visible in another frame.
12023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12024 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12025 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12026 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12027 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12028 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12030 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12031 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12033 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12034 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12036 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12037 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12038 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12039 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12040 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12041 in a separate window.
12042 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12043 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12044 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12045 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12046 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12047 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12048 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12049 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12050 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12051 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12052 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12053 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12054 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12055 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12056 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12060 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12061 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12062 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12063 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12067 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12068 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12069 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12070 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12074 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12075 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12076 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12077 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12081 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12082 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12083 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12084 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12088 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12089 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12091 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12095 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12096 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12097 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12098 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12102 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12103 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12104 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12105 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12109 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12110 Write current buffer to a file.
12111 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12112 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12116 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12117 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12118 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12119 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12123 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12124 Call dired the ido way.
12125 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12126 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12130 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12131 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12132 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12134 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12136 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12137 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12138 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12140 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12144 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12146 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12148 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12156 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12157 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12158 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953))
12159 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12161 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12162 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12163 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12166 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12168 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12169 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12170 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12173 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12175 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12176 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12177 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12179 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12181 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12183 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12184 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12185 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12186 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12187 use its file extension as image type.
12188 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12189 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12190 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12191 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12193 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12196 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12197 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12198 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12199 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12200 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12201 POS may be an integer or marker.
12202 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12203 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12204 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12205 means display it in the right marginal area.
12207 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12209 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12210 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12211 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12212 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12213 defaulted if you omit it.
12214 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12215 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12216 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12217 means display it in the right marginal area.
12219 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12221 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12222 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12223 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12224 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12226 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12228 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12229 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12231 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12233 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12234 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12235 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12236 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12237 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12238 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12239 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12240 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12243 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12245 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12247 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12248 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12250 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12251 documentation string.
12253 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12254 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12255 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12256 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12257 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12258 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12259 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12264 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12265 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12267 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12271 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12272 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12273 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12276 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12277 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12278 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12279 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12281 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12282 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12283 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12284 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12286 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12288 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12289 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12290 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12291 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12293 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12294 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12295 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12296 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12298 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12300 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12301 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12305 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12306 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12307 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12308 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12310 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12312 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12313 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12314 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12316 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12318 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12320 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12321 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12322 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12323 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12325 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12326 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12327 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12333 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12334 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16070 35806))
12335 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12337 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12338 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12340 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12342 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12343 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12346 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12348 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12349 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12350 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12352 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12354 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12355 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12357 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12358 to create a buffer index.
12360 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12361 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12363 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12364 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12365 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12366 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12367 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12369 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12370 entries are not nested.
12372 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12373 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12374 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12375 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12377 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12378 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12380 The variable is buffer-local.
12382 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12383 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12384 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12386 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12387 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12388 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12393 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12394 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12396 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12397 of the current buffer as an alist.
12399 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12400 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12401 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12402 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12403 if it is a sub-alist.
12405 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12407 The variable is buffer-local.")
12409 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12411 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12412 Function for finding the next index position.
12414 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12415 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12416 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12419 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12420 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12422 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12424 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12426 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12427 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12429 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12430 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12431 It should return the name for that index item.
12433 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12435 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12437 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12438 Function to compare string with index item.
12440 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12441 non-nil if they match.
12443 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12444 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12445 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12448 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12450 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12452 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12453 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12454 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12456 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12458 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12460 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12462 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12463 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12464 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12465 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12469 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12470 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12472 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12476 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12477 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12478 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12479 for more information.
12481 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12485 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12486 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12487 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16111 41831))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12490 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12491 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12495 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12498 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12500 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12503 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12505 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12508 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12510 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12511 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12512 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12513 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12514 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12516 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12518 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12519 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12520 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12521 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12522 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12524 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12528 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12529 ;;;;;; (15678 51473))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12532 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12533 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12534 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12535 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12536 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12538 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12539 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12541 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12542 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12543 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12544 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12545 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12546 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12547 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12548 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12550 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12551 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12552 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12553 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12554 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12556 This variable is only used if the variable
12557 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12559 More precise choices:
12560 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12561 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12564 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12566 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12567 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12569 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12570 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12571 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12573 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12574 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12575 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12579 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12581 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12586 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12587 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12588 ;;;;;; (16149 47790))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12591 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12592 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12594 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12595 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12597 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12598 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12599 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12600 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12601 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12602 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12604 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12605 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12607 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12608 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12609 in all the directories in that path.
12611 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12613 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12614 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12618 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12619 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12620 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12621 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12625 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12626 Go to the Info directory node.
12630 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12631 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12632 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12633 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12634 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12635 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12636 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12637 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12638 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12640 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12643 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12644 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12645 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12646 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12649 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12651 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12652 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12654 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12655 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12656 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12657 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12661 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12662 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12663 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12669 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12670 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12671 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12674 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12675 Throw away all cached data.
12676 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12677 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12682 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12683 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12684 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12685 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12686 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12687 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12689 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12691 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12693 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12694 Display the documentation of a file.
12695 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12696 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12697 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12698 The default file name is the one found at point.
12700 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12702 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12704 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12705 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12707 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12709 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12710 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12716 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12717 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15945 25738))
12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12720 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12721 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12723 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12725 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12726 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12727 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12734 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12737 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12738 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12740 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12742 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12743 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12744 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12746 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12747 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12748 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12750 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12751 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12752 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12753 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12757 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12758 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12759 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12763 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12764 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12765 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12766 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12767 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12774 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12775 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12778 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12779 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12783 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12784 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12788 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12791 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12795 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12796 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12799 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12800 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12801 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12802 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12803 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12804 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12806 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12807 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12809 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12810 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12811 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12812 \"s gives German sharp s.
12813 /a gives a with ring.
12814 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12815 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12816 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12817 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12819 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12820 and a negative argument disables it.
12822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12826 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12827 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12828 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12829 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12832 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12833 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12834 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12835 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12837 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12839 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12840 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12841 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12842 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12844 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12847 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12848 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12849 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12851 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12853 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12854 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12855 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12856 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12858 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12860 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12861 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12862 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12863 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12865 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12867 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12868 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12869 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12870 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12872 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12874 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12875 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12876 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12877 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12879 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12881 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12882 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12883 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12884 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12886 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12888 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12889 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12890 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12891 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12893 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12895 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12896 Warn that format is read-only.
12900 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12901 Warn that format is write-only.
12905 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12906 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12913 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12915 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12916 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12917 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12922 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12923 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12924 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12925 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12926 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16111 41838))
12927 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12929 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12930 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12931 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12932 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12934 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12936 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12937 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12939 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12941 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12942 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12943 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12944 and then re-start emacs.")
12946 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12948 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12950 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12952 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12954 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12956 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12958 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12960 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12961 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12963 Each element of this list is also a list:
12965 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12966 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12968 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12969 nil means the default dictionary.
12971 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12974 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12976 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12977 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12978 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12979 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12980 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12981 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12982 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12983 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12984 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12986 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12987 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12990 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12993 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12994 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12995 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12996 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12997 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12998 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12999 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13000 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13002 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13004 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13005 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13006 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13008 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13010 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13011 Key map for ispell menu.")
13013 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13014 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13015 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13016 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13018 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13020 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13022 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13024 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13026 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13028 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13029 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13030 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13031 Valid forms include:
13032 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13033 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13034 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13035 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13037 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13038 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13039 First list is used raw.
13040 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13042 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13043 for skipping in latex mode.")
13045 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13046 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13047 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13048 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13049 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13052 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
13054 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13055 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13056 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13057 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13059 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13060 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13061 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13062 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13063 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13065 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13066 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13068 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13070 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13071 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13074 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13075 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13076 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13077 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13078 quit spell session exited.
13080 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13082 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13083 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13084 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13086 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13088 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13089 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13093 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13094 SPC: Accept word this time.
13095 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13096 `a': Accept word for this session.
13097 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13098 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13099 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13100 `?': Show these commands.
13101 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13102 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13103 the aborted check to be completed later.
13104 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13105 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13106 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13107 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13108 `C-l': redraws screen
13109 `C-r': recursive edit
13110 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13114 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13115 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13116 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13118 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13120 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13121 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13122 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13124 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13126 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13128 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13130 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13131 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13132 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13133 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13135 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13137 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13138 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13142 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13143 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13147 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13148 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13152 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13153 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13154 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13155 sequence inside of a word.
13157 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13159 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13161 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13162 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13166 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13167 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13168 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13169 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13171 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13172 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13173 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13174 available on the net.
13178 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13179 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13180 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13182 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13183 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13185 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13186 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13190 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13191 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13192 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13193 Don't check included messages.
13195 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13196 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13197 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13199 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13200 in your .emacs file:
13201 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13202 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13203 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13204 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13206 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13207 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13208 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13214 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13215 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13216 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788))
13217 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13219 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13220 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13221 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13222 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13223 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13224 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13226 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13228 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13229 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13230 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13231 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13233 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13237 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13238 Switch to another buffer.
13240 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13241 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13242 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13244 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13248 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13249 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13250 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13251 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13255 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13256 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13257 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13258 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13262 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13263 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13264 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13265 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13269 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13270 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13271 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13273 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13275 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13277 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13278 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13279 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13280 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13281 `iswitchb' for details.
13283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13287 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13288 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13289 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13290 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16011 28193))
13291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13293 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13298 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13299 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13300 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13301 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13302 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13303 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13304 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13305 necessary to represent OBJ.
13307 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13309 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13310 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13311 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13312 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13314 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13316 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13317 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13318 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13319 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13320 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13322 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13324 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13325 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13329 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13331 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13332 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13333 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13334 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13336 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13338 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13339 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13343 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13344 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13345 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13346 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13347 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13349 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13351 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13352 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13353 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13354 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13355 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13357 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13359 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13360 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13361 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13363 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13371 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13372 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13373 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13374 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13375 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13377 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13381 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13382 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826))
13383 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13385 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13386 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13387 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13389 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13391 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13393 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13394 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13395 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13396 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13400 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13401 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13403 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13407 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13408 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13409 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13412 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13413 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13414 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13415 decimal key must be specified.")
13417 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13419 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13420 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13421 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13422 decimal key must be specified.")
13424 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13426 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13427 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13428 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13429 decimal key must be specified.")
13431 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13433 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13434 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13436 decimal key must be specified.")
13438 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13440 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13441 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13442 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13443 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13444 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13448 -------------------------------------------------------------
13449 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13450 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13451 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13452 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13453 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13454 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13455 in the global and local keymaps.
13457 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13458 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13460 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13465 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13468 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13469 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13470 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13472 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13473 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13474 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13475 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13478 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13479 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13480 the context of text formatting.
13482 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13486 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15941
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13490 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13491 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13492 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13493 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13494 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13495 positions that contains the current selection.")
13497 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13498 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13499 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13500 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13501 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13502 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13503 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13510 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13511 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13512 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16014 64004))
13513 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13514 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13515 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13516 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13517 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13518 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13519 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13520 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13522 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13523 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13524 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13525 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13526 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13527 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13528 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13530 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13531 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13532 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13534 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13535 defining the macro.
13537 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13538 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13539 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13543 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13544 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13545 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13546 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13547 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13550 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13551 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13552 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13556 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13557 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13558 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13560 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13561 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13562 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13563 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13565 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13566 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13568 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13570 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13571 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13572 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13574 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13577 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13578 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13580 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13581 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13582 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13584 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13585 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13589 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13590 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13591 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13592 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13594 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13596 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13597 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13598 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13599 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13601 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13602 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13604 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13606 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13607 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13608 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13610 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13614 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13615 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13616 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13618 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13619 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13620 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13622 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13629 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13630 ;;;;;; (15924 18775))
13631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13633 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13635 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13636 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13640 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13642 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13643 Start or resume an Lm game.
13644 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13645 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13647 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13648 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13649 none / 1 | yes | no
13654 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13655 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13656 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13662 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13663 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13664 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15941
13666 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13668 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13671 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13673 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13674 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13675 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13676 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13677 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13678 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13680 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13681 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13683 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13685 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13686 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13688 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13690 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13693 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13695 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13696 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13697 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13698 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13701 The return value is number of composed characters.
13703 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13705 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13712 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13713 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672))
13714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13716 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13717 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13718 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13719 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13720 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13721 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13722 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13723 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13725 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13726 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13729 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13731 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13733 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13734 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13735 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13736 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13737 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13738 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13739 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13740 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13742 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13744 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13745 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13746 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13747 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13750 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13752 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13756 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13757 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953))
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13760 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13761 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13762 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13763 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13765 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13767 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13768 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13771 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13773 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13774 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13775 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13776 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13777 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13780 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13781 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13782 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13783 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13784 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13786 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13787 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13788 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13789 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13790 slow to keep up with your typing.
13792 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13793 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13794 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13795 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13796 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13797 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13799 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13800 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13801 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13802 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13804 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13805 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13806 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13807 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13809 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13810 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13811 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13812 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13813 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13817 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13818 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13824 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13825 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13826 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13828 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13829 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13831 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13832 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13834 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13835 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13837 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13838 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13839 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13840 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13841 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13842 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13843 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13844 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13845 and transmit saved text.
13847 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13848 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13852 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13859 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963))
13860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13862 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13863 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13864 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13865 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13866 generations (this defaults to 1).
13868 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13876 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13877 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13878 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13879 is nil, raise an error.
13881 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13885 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13886 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
13887 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13889 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13890 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13891 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13893 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13895 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13896 Run the locate command with a filter.
13898 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13899 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13901 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13908 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13909 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13910 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13911 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13912 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13913 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13914 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13915 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13916 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13917 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13918 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13919 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13920 uses the current buffer.
13922 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13930 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13931 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13937 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13938 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15941
13940 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13942 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13944 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13946 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13947 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13948 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13950 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13951 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13953 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13954 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13955 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13956 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13957 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13958 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13959 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13961 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13963 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13964 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13965 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13966 switch on this list.
13967 See `lpr-command'.")
13969 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13971 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13972 *Name of program for printing a file.
13974 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13975 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13976 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13977 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13978 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13979 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13982 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13984 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13985 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13986 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13987 for customization of the printer command.
13991 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13992 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13994 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13995 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13996 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13997 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13999 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14000 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14002 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14003 for further customization of the printer command.
14007 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14008 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14009 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14010 for customization of the printer command.
14012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14014 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14015 Paginate and print the region contents.
14017 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14018 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14019 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14020 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14022 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14023 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14026 for further customization of the printer command.
14028 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14032 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14033 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
14034 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14036 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14037 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14038 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14040 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14044 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15941
14046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14048 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14049 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14050 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14052 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14058 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941
14060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14062 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14063 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14070 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14071 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15941 42956))
14072 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14074 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14075 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14076 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14077 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14078 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14080 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14082 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14083 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14084 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14085 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14087 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14088 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14089 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14090 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14093 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14094 use this command, and then save the file.
14096 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14098 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14099 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14100 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14101 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14102 each time the macro executes.
14103 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14104 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14105 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14106 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14107 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14108 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14109 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14113 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14114 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14115 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14117 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14118 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14119 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14122 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14123 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14125 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14126 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14127 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14128 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14129 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14131 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14134 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14135 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14136 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14138 You could enter the names in this format:
14144 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14147 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14150 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14151 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14153 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14154 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14159 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14162 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14163 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14164 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14165 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14166 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14168 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14169 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14170 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14171 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14172 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14174 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14175 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14176 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14179 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14181 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14182 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14184 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14188 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14189 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14190 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14191 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14193 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14194 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14198 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14203 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14204 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14206 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14208 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14209 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14210 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14213 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14219 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14220 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14221 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14225 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14226 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14227 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14228 often correct parser.")
14230 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14232 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14235 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14237 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14238 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14239 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14240 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14242 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14244 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14245 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14246 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14247 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14249 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14251 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14252 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14253 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14254 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14256 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14258 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14259 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14260 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14261 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14262 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14263 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14265 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14270 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773))
14271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14273 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14274 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14278 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14279 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14280 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14282 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14284 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14285 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14286 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14288 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14292 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14293 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16057
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14297 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14298 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14299 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14301 If `parens', they look like:
14302 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14303 If `angles', they look like:
14304 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14306 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14308 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14309 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14310 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14311 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14312 their `Resent-' variants.
14314 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14315 removed from alias expansions.
14317 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14319 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14320 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14321 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14323 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14324 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14325 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14326 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14328 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14330 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14331 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14332 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14333 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14339 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14340 ;;;;;; (15997 672))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14343 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14344 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14345 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14347 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14349 In the browser, use the following keys:
14351 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14353 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14355 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14356 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14358 `makefile-target-colon':
14359 The string that gets appended to all target names
14360 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14361 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14363 `makefile-macro-assign':
14364 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14365 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14366 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14367 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14368 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14369 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14371 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14372 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14373 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14375 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14376 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14378 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14379 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14380 up or down in the browser.
14382 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14383 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14385 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14386 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14388 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14389 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14390 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14391 has been selected in the browser.
14393 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14394 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14395 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14396 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14397 filenames are omitted.
14399 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14400 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14401 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14402 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14403 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14404 the backslash itself intact.
14405 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14406 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14408 `makefile-browser-hook':
14409 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14410 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14412 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14413 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14414 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14415 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14421 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14423 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14425 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14426 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14427 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632))
14434 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14436 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14438 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14439 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14440 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14441 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14442 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14443 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14444 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14446 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14447 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14448 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14449 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14451 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14453 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14454 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14456 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14460 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956))
14461 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14463 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14464 Toggle Master mode.
14465 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14466 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14467 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14469 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14470 following commands:
14472 \\{master-mode-map}
14474 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14475 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14476 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14482 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16131
14484 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14486 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14488 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14489 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14490 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14492 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14494 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14496 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14497 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14498 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14499 created in the future.
14500 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14501 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14507 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14508 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14509 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14510 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14511 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14512 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14513 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14514 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14515 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14516 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14519 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14520 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14522 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14524 If `parens', they look like:
14525 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14526 If `angles', they look like:
14527 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14529 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14530 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14532 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14534 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14535 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14537 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14539 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14540 *Local news organization file.")
14542 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14544 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14545 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14546 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14547 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14549 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14550 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14551 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14553 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14555 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14557 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14558 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14560 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14562 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14563 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14565 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14567 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14568 *Function for citing an original message.
14569 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14570 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14571 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14573 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14575 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14576 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14577 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14578 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14579 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14581 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14583 (defvar message-signature t "\
14584 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14585 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14586 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14587 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14589 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14591 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14592 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14593 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14594 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14596 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14598 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14600 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14601 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14602 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14603 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14604 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14605 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14606 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14607 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14608 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14609 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14610 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14611 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14612 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14613 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14614 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14615 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14616 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14617 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14618 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14619 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14620 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14621 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14622 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14623 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14624 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14628 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14629 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14630 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14632 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14634 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14635 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14637 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14639 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14640 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14642 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14644 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14645 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14647 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14649 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14650 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14651 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14653 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14655 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14656 Cancel an article you posted.
14657 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14661 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14662 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14663 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14664 header line with the old Message-ID.
14668 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14669 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14673 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14674 Forward the current message via mail.
14675 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14676 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14678 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14680 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14683 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14685 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14688 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14690 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14691 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14695 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14696 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14698 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14700 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14701 Re-mail the current message.
14702 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14703 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14708 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14709 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14711 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14713 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14714 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14716 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14718 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14719 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14721 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14723 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14724 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14726 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14728 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14729 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14730 Works by overstriking characters.
14731 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14732 which specify the range to operate on.
14734 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14736 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14737 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14738 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14739 which specify the range to operate on.
14741 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14746 ;;;;;; (15961 24155))
14747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14749 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14750 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14754 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14755 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14759 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14760 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14764 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14765 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14771 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14772 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14773 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14776 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14777 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14778 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14782 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14783 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14784 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14785 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14786 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14787 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14788 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14790 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14792 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14793 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14794 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14795 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14796 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14798 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14799 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14801 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14803 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14804 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14805 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14806 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14807 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14809 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14810 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14812 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14816 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14817 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054
14819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14821 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14822 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14823 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14824 to the MH mail system.
14826 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14830 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14831 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14832 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14833 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14834 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14835 that want to create a mail buffer.
14836 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14837 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14838 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14840 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14842 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14843 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14844 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14846 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14847 initial Subject field, respectively.
14849 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14850 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14851 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14853 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14857 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14858 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14859 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14860 to the MH mail system.
14862 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14866 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14867 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14869 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14870 using the MH mail handling system.
14872 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14873 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14874 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14875 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14876 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14877 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14878 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14880 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14881 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14883 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14884 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14886 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14889 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14893 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14894 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14897 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14898 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14899 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14900 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14904 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14905 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14906 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14907 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14911 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14912 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14921 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14923 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14925 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14927 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14931 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14932 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14935 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14936 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14937 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14938 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14939 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14940 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14941 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14942 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14943 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14944 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14945 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14949 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14950 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14951 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14952 to its second argument TM.
14954 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14958 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14959 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956))
14960 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14962 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14963 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14964 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14966 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14968 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14970 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14971 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14972 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14973 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14974 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14975 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14976 default indication.
14978 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14979 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14985 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14986 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14989 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14990 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14995 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
15000 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (15997 672))
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15003 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15006 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15008 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15009 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15010 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15013 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15017 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15018 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15021 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15022 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15023 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15024 the entire message.
15025 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15027 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15031 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15032 ;;;;;; (15961 24153))
15033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15035 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15036 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15040 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15041 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15048 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15051 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15052 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15053 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15054 followed by the first character of the construct.
15056 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15057 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15058 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15059 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15060 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15061 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15062 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15063 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15064 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15065 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15066 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15067 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15068 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15071 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15072 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15073 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15079 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15080 ;;;;;; (15856 53275))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15083 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15084 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15088 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15089 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15091 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15095 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15961
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15099 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15100 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15101 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15103 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15105 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15107 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15108 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15109 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15110 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15112 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15114 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15116 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15118 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15119 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15120 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15121 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15122 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15123 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15125 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15126 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15127 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15128 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15129 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15131 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15132 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15134 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15135 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15137 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15139 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15140 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15141 primary selection and region.
15143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15147 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16057 36338))
15148 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15150 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15151 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15157 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956))
15158 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15160 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15161 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15162 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15163 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15164 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15166 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15168 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15170 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15171 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15172 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15178 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15179 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15180 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15181 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15182 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15183 ;;;;;; (16025 36884))
15184 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15186 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15187 Display a list of all character sets.
15189 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15190 internal Emacs use.
15192 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15193 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15194 hexadecimal digits.
15195 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15196 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15198 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15199 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15200 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15201 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15203 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15204 but still shows the full information.
15208 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15209 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15210 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15211 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15212 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15214 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15215 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15216 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15217 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15218 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15220 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15222 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15223 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15224 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15225 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15226 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15228 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15230 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15231 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15233 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15235 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15236 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15238 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15240 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15241 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15243 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15244 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15246 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15247 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15248 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15249 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15250 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15251 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15252 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15253 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15254 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15255 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15256 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15257 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15258 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15259 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15260 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15261 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15265 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15266 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15270 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15271 Display a list of all coding systems.
15272 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15274 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15275 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15279 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15280 Display a list of all coding categories.
15284 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15285 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15287 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15289 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15290 Display information about FONTSET.
15291 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15293 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15295 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15296 Display a list of all fontsets.
15297 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15298 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15299 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15303 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15304 Display information about all input methods.
15308 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15309 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15311 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15312 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15313 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15314 system which uses fontsets).
15320 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15321 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15322 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15323 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15324 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15325 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15829 28908))
15326 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15328 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15329 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15330 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15332 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15334 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15336 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15337 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15339 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15340 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15342 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15343 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15345 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15347 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15348 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15349 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15350 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15351 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15352 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15353 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15355 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15356 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15357 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15358 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15359 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15360 middle of a character in STR.
15362 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15363 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15365 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15366 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15367 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15368 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15369 defaults to \"...\".
15371 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15373 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15375 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15377 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15378 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15380 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15381 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15382 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15384 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15385 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15386 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15388 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15389 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15390 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15392 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15393 longer than KEYSEQ.
15394 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15396 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15398 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15399 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15400 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15401 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15402 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15403 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15404 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15405 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15406 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15407 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15408 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15410 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15412 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15413 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15415 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15417 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15418 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15420 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15422 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15423 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15425 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15427 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15428 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15430 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15432 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15433 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15434 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15435 or one is an alias of the other.
15437 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15439 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15440 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15441 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15442 coding systems ordered by priority.
15444 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15446 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15447 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15448 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15449 language environment LANG-ENV.
15451 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15455 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15456 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15459 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15460 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15461 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15463 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15465 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15467 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15468 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15469 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15470 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15474 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15475 Enable mouse wheel support.
15477 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15481 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15482 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15483 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15484 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193))
15485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15487 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15488 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15490 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15492 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15494 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15495 `ping-program-options'.
15499 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15500 Run ipconfig program.
15504 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15506 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15507 Run netstat program.
15511 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15512 Run the arp program.
15516 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15517 Run the route program.
15521 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15522 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15526 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15527 Run nslookup program.
15531 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15532 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15536 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15541 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15546 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15547 Finger USER on HOST.
15549 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15551 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15552 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15553 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15554 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15556 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15558 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15563 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15564 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15566 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15568 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15569 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15571 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15575 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15576 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15577 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15578 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15579 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16135 8990))
15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15582 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15584 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15586 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15588 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15590 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15591 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15592 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15593 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15594 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15595 Major modes should set this variable.")
15597 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15598 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15599 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15600 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15601 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15602 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15604 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15606 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15607 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15609 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15610 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15611 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15612 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15614 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15615 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15617 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15618 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15619 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15621 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15622 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15623 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15624 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15625 column indentation or nil.
15626 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15628 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15629 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15630 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15632 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15634 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15635 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15636 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15637 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15639 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15640 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15642 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15644 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15645 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15646 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15648 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15650 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15651 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15652 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15653 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15654 the variables are properly set.
15656 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15658 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15659 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15663 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15664 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15665 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15667 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15669 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15670 Set the comment column based on point.
15671 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15672 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15673 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15674 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15678 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15679 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15680 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15684 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15685 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15686 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15689 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15691 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15692 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15693 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15694 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15695 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15696 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15697 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15698 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15700 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15701 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15703 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15705 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15706 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15707 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15708 is passed on to the respective function.
15710 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15712 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15713 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15714 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15715 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15716 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15717 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15718 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15719 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15723 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15724 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15725 This indents the body of the continued comment
15726 under the previous comment line.
15728 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15729 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15730 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15732 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15733 or comment indentation.
15735 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15736 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15738 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15746 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15747 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15748 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15749 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15750 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15751 symbol in the alist.
15753 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15757 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15761 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15762 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15763 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15769 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15770 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15773 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15774 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15775 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15781 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15782 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15785 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15786 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15793 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15796 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15797 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15801 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15802 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15806 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15807 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15814 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15817 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15818 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15819 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15821 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15824 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15826 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15827 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15828 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15829 to future sessions.
15831 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15833 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15834 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15835 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15836 to future sessions.
15838 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15842 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15843 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
15844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15846 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15847 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15849 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15850 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15851 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15857 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15858 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15861 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15862 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15863 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15864 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15865 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15871 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15872 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15875 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15876 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15877 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15879 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15881 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15882 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15884 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15885 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15886 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15890 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15895 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15898 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15899 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15901 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15902 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15903 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15904 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15906 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15907 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15908 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15909 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15910 is why you need this mode!).
15912 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15913 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15914 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15916 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15921 \\{octave-mode-map}
15923 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15924 ==============================================
15927 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15930 octave-auto-newline
15931 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15934 octave-blink-matching-block
15935 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15936 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15938 octave-block-offset
15939 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15942 octave-continuation-offset
15943 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15946 octave-continuation-string
15947 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15948 Default is a backslash.
15950 octave-mode-startup-message
15951 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15954 octave-send-echo-input
15955 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15956 command to the inferior Octave process.
15958 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15959 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15960 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15962 octave-send-echo-input
15963 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15965 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15967 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15968 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15970 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15971 (setq auto-mode-alist
15972 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15974 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15975 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15977 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15981 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15982 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15984 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15985 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15986 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15987 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
15997 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15998 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15999 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16003 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16004 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16005 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16006 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16007 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16009 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16015 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16016 ;;;;;; (16087 59778))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16019 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16020 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16021 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16022 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16024 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16025 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16026 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16027 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16029 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16030 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16031 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16032 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16033 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16034 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16036 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16037 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16038 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16040 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16041 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16042 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16043 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16044 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16045 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16046 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16047 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16048 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16049 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16050 The subheadings remain visible.
16051 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16053 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16054 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16055 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16057 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16058 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16062 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16063 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16064 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16065 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16071 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16074 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16075 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16076 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16078 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16080 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16082 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16083 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16084 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16085 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16087 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16088 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16098 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16099 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16100 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16102 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16103 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16105 Other useful functions are:
16107 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16108 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16109 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16110 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16111 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16112 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16113 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16114 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16115 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16117 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16119 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16120 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16121 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16122 Indentation for case statements.
16123 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16124 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16126 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16127 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16128 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16129 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16130 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16131 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16132 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16133 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16134 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16135 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16137 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16138 pascal-separator-keywords.
16140 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16141 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16147 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16148 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16151 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16152 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16153 The keys affected are:
16154 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16155 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16156 M-Backspace does undo.
16157 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16158 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16159 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16166 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16169 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16170 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16171 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16173 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16175 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16177 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16178 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16180 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16182 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16183 which modify the status of the mark.
16185 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16186 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16188 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16189 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16191 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16192 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16193 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16194 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16195 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16197 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16198 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16200 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16201 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16202 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16204 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16205 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16206 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16208 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16209 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16211 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16212 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16213 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16215 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16216 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16217 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16223 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16224 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16229 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16230 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16231 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16232 and cursor movement commands.
16233 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16234 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16236 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16244 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16245 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16251 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16252 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16255 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16256 Completion for `gzip'.
16260 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16261 Completion for `bzip2'.
16265 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16266 Completion for GNU `make'.
16270 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16271 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16275 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16280 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16283 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16284 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16288 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16289 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16293 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16294 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16304 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16305 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16306 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16307 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16308 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16309 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16316 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16317 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16320 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16321 Completion for `cd'.
16325 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16327 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16328 Completion for `rmdir'.
16332 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16333 Completion for `rm'.
16337 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16338 Completion for `xargs'.
16342 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16344 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16345 Completion for `which'.
16349 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16350 Completion for the `chown' command.
16354 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16355 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16361 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16362 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16363 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941
16365 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16367 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16368 Support extensible programmable completion.
16369 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16370 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16374 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16375 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16379 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16380 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16381 This will modify the current buffer.
16385 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16386 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16390 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16391 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16392 This will modify the current buffer.
16396 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16397 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16401 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16402 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16406 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16407 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16408 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16409 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16410 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16412 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16414 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16415 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16421 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16422 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16423 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826))
16424 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16426 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16427 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16428 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16429 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16431 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16433 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16435 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16436 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16437 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16438 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16439 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16440 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16443 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16445 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16446 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16447 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16448 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16449 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16450 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16451 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16452 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16454 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16456 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16457 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16458 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16459 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16460 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16461 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16462 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16465 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16467 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16468 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16469 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16470 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16471 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16472 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16473 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16475 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16477 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16479 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16480 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16481 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16483 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16485 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16486 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16487 nil means never do it.
16488 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16489 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16490 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16492 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16494 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16495 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16496 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826))
16501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16503 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16508 ;;;;;; (16111 41834))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16511 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16512 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16513 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16514 Tab indents for Perl code.
16515 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16516 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16517 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16519 Variables controlling indentation style:
16520 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16521 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16522 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16523 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16524 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16525 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16526 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16528 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16529 `perl-indent-level'
16530 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16531 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16532 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16533 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16534 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16535 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16536 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16537 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16538 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16539 `perl-brace-offset'
16540 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16541 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16542 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16543 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16544 `perl-label-offset'
16545 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16546 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16547 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16549 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16550 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16551 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16552 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16553 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16554 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16555 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16557 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16563 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16564 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
16565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16567 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16568 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16569 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16570 afterwards settable by these commands:
16571 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16572 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16573 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16574 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16575 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16576 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16577 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16578 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16579 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16580 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16581 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16582 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16583 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16584 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16585 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16586 with these commands:
16587 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16588 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16589 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16590 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16591 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16592 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16593 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16594 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16595 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16596 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16597 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16598 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16599 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16600 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16601 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16602 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16603 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16604 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16605 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16606 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16607 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16608 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16609 text is saved in the kill ring.
16610 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16611 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16612 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16613 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16614 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16615 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16616 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16617 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16618 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16619 commands if invoked soon enough.
16620 You can return to the previous mode with:
16621 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16622 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16624 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16626 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16627 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16631 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16635 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16636 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
16637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16639 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16640 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16641 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16643 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16647 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16650 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16651 Play pong and waste time.
16652 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16653 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16655 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16663 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16664 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16667 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16668 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16669 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16670 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16672 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16675 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16676 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16677 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16678 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16680 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16682 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16683 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16684 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16685 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16686 in the variable `values'.
16688 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16690 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16691 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16692 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16693 Ignores leading comment characters.
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16700 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16701 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16702 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16703 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16704 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16705 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16706 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16707 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16708 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16709 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16710 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16711 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16712 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16713 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16714 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16715 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16716 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16717 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16720 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16721 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16723 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16725 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16727 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16729 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16730 Preview directory using ghostview.
16732 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16733 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16734 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16735 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16737 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16738 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16739 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16740 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16741 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16744 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16746 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16749 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16751 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16752 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16753 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16754 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16756 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16757 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16758 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16759 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16760 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16763 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16765 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16767 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16768 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16770 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16771 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16772 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16773 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16775 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16776 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16777 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16778 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16779 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16782 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16784 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16786 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16787 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16789 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16791 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16792 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16793 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16794 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16796 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16797 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16798 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16799 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16800 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16803 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16805 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16807 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16808 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16810 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16811 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16812 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16814 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16815 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16816 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16817 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16819 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16821 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16822 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16824 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16825 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16826 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16828 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16829 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16830 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16831 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16833 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16835 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16836 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16838 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16839 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16840 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16842 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16843 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16844 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16845 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16847 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16849 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16850 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16852 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16854 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16855 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16856 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16858 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16859 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16860 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16861 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16863 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16865 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16866 Preview region using ghostview.
16868 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16870 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16872 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16873 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16875 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16877 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16879 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16880 Print region using PostScript printer.
16882 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16884 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16886 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16887 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16889 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16891 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16893 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16894 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16896 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16898 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16900 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16901 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16903 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16905 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16907 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16908 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16910 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16912 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16914 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16915 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16917 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16919 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16921 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16922 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16923 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16924 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16926 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16929 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16930 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16932 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16934 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16936 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16937 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16938 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16939 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16943 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16944 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16945 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16946 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16950 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16951 Print directory using text printer.
16953 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16956 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16957 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16959 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16961 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16963 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16964 Print buffer using text printer.
16968 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16969 Print region using text printer.
16973 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
16974 Print major mode using text printer.
16978 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
16979 Preview spooled PostScript.
16981 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16982 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16983 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16985 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16986 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16987 PostScript image in a file with that name.
16989 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16991 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16992 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
16994 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16995 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16996 instead of sending it to the printer.
16998 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16999 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17000 image in a file with that name.
17002 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17004 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17005 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17007 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17008 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17009 instead of sending it to the printer.
17011 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17012 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17013 image in a file with that name.
17015 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17017 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17018 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17020 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17021 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17022 instead of sending it to the printer.
17024 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17025 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17026 image in a file with that name.
17028 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17030 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17031 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17033 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17035 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17036 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17038 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17040 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17041 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17043 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17045 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17046 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17048 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17050 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17051 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17053 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17055 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17056 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17059 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17060 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17061 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17064 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17065 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17066 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17067 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17068 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17071 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17073 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17074 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17078 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17079 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17081 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17083 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17088 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17089 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17093 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17094 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17098 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17099 Toggle printing with faces.
17103 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17108 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17113 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17116 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17118 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17123 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17128 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17129 Toggle upside-down.
17133 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17134 Toggle line number.
17138 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17139 Toggle zebra stripes.
17143 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17144 Toggle printing header.
17148 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17149 Toggle printing header frame.
17153 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17158 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17159 Toggle auto region.
17163 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17168 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17169 Customization of `printing' group.
17171 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17173 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17174 Customization of `lpr' group.
17176 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17178 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17179 Help for printing package.
17181 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17184 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17188 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17189 Select interactively a text printer.
17193 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17194 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17198 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17199 Show current ps-print settings.
17201 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17203 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17204 Show current printing settings.
17206 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17208 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17209 Show current lpr settings.
17211 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17213 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17214 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17216 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17217 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17218 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17219 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17222 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17224 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17225 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17226 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17228 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17229 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17230 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17231 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17232 current active printer.
17234 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17235 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17236 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17239 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17240 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17241 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17242 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17243 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17246 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17247 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17249 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17251 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17252 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17253 be done using the new current active printer.
17255 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17256 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17259 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17260 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17261 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17262 instead of sending it to the printer.
17264 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17265 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17268 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17271 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17274 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17276 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17277 Fast fire function for text printing.
17279 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17280 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17281 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17282 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17285 user for a new active text printer.
17287 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17289 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17291 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17292 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17295 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17297 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17300 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17304 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17305 ;;;;;; (15610 3872))
17306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17308 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17309 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17310 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17312 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17313 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17314 if that value is non-nil.
17318 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17319 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633))
17326 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17328 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17329 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17330 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17334 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17338 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17339 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17341 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17343 The following variables hold user options, and can
17344 be set through the `customize' command:
17346 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17348 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17349 `ps-mode-print-function'
17351 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17355 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17358 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17364 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17365 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17366 The keymap for this second window is:
17368 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17371 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17372 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17373 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17374 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17375 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17382 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17383 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17384 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16070 35806))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17387 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17388 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17392 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17393 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17394 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17395 changed by setting the variable
17396 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17397 The initial value of this variable is
17398 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17401 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17402 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17403 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17404 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17405 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17406 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17409 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17410 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17411 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17412 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17413 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17414 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17415 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17416 use this value, be sure to have installed
17417 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17418 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17419 documentation of this variable).
17421 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17422 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17423 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17424 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17425 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17426 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17428 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17430 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17432 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17433 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17434 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17436 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17438 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17443 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17444 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17446 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17448 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17452 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17454 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17457 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17459 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17460 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17462 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17465 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17469 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17471 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17474 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17476 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17477 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17481 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17482 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17483 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17485 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17487 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17488 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17492 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17493 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17494 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17496 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17498 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17505 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17506 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17507 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17508 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17509 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17510 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17514 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17515 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17516 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17518 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17520 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17521 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17522 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17523 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17525 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17527 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17528 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17532 nil Do not print colors.
17536 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17537 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17539 Any other value is treated as t.")
17541 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17543 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17544 Customization of ps-print group.
17548 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17549 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17551 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17552 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17553 sending it to the printer.
17555 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17556 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17557 image in a file with that name.
17559 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17561 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17562 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17563 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17564 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17565 so it has a way to determine color values.
17567 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17569 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17570 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17571 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17573 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17575 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17576 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17577 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17578 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17579 so it has a way to determine color values.
17581 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17583 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17584 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17585 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17586 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17588 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17592 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17593 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17594 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17595 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17596 so it has a way to determine color values.
17598 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17602 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17603 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17604 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17606 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17608 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17610 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17611 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17612 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17613 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17614 so it has a way to determine color values.
17616 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17620 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17621 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17623 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17624 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17625 instead of sending it to the printer.
17627 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17628 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17629 image in a file with that name.
17631 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17633 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17634 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17635 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17636 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17637 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17641 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17642 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17643 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17645 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17647 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17648 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17649 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17651 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17653 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17654 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17658 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17659 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17661 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17662 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17664 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17665 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17667 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17669 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17671 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17673 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17674 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17676 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17677 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17679 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17680 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17682 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17684 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17686 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17688 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17689 foreground and background colors respectively.
17691 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17692 bold - use bold font.
17693 italic - use italic font.
17694 underline - put a line under text.
17695 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17696 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17697 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17698 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17699 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17701 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17703 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17707 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17708 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17709 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17710 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17711 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16025 36884))
17712 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17714 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17715 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17719 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17720 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17721 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17723 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17724 `quail-activate', which see.
17726 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17728 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17729 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17730 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17731 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17732 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17733 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17734 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17736 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17737 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17738 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17739 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17740 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17742 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17744 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17745 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17746 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17747 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17748 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17749 list of candidates.
17751 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17752 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17753 command to be called.
17755 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17756 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17757 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17758 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17760 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17761 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17762 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17763 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17764 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17767 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17768 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17769 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17770 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17772 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17773 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17774 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17775 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17777 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17778 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17779 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17780 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17781 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17782 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17784 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17785 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17786 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17787 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17788 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17789 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17791 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17792 covers Quail translation region.
17794 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17795 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17796 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17797 for it) is inserted.
17799 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17800 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17801 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17803 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17804 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17805 non-Quail commands.
17807 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17809 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17810 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17812 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17813 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17814 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17815 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17816 you type is correctly handled.
17818 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17820 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17821 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17823 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17826 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17828 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17829 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17830 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17831 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17832 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17833 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17834 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17835 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17836 for the translation.
17837 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17839 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17840 it is used to handle KEY.
17842 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17843 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17844 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17845 the following annotation types are supported.
17847 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17848 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17850 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17853 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17854 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17855 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17858 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17859 generated for the following translations.
17861 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17863 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17864 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17866 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17867 which to install MAP.
17869 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17871 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17873 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17874 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17876 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17877 which to install MAP.
17879 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17881 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17883 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17884 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17885 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17886 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17887 a function, or a cons.
17888 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17889 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17890 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17891 for the translation.
17892 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17893 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17894 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17895 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17896 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17898 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17899 it is used to handle KEY.
17901 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17902 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17903 current Quail package.
17905 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17906 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17908 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17910 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17911 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17913 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17914 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17916 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17918 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17919 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17921 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17923 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17924 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17925 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17926 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17927 of the Emacs source tree.
17929 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17930 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17932 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17933 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17936 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17940 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17941 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17942 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941
17944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17946 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17947 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17948 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17949 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17951 To make use of this do something like:
17953 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17955 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17957 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17958 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17960 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17961 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17962 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17964 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17966 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17967 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17969 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17971 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17972 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17974 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17977 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17979 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17980 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17982 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17983 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17984 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17986 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17988 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17989 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17991 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17993 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17994 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17998 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17999 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18001 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18003 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18007 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18008 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18014 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18018 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18019 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18022 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18027 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18030 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18031 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18037 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16054 60749))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18040 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18041 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18042 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18044 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18046 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18048 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18049 Toggle recentf mode.
18050 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18051 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18053 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18054 that were operated on recently.
18056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18061 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18062 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18063 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941
18065 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18067 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18068 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18069 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18070 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18072 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18074 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18076 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18077 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18078 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18079 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18082 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18083 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18086 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18088 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18089 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18090 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18092 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18093 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18096 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18098 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18099 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18100 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18102 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18104 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18105 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18107 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18108 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18110 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18113 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18115 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18116 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18120 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18121 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18122 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18123 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18124 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18125 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18126 and point is at the lower right corner.
18128 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18131 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18133 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18134 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18136 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18137 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18138 on the right side of the rectangle.
18140 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18142 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18144 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18145 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18146 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18147 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18148 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18150 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18151 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18153 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18155 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18156 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18157 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18159 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18161 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18163 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18165 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18166 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18168 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18169 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18170 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18172 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18174 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18175 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18176 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18178 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18179 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18180 rectangle which were empty.
18182 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18190 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18191 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18192 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18194 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18195 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18196 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18202 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex)
18203 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16140 30177))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18206 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18207 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18211 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18212 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18214 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18215 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18217 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18218 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18219 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18222 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18223 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18224 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18226 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18227 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18228 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18230 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18231 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18233 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18234 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18236 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18237 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18240 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18244 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\
18245 Is the scanning info about the current document available?
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18252 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18255 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18256 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18257 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18258 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18259 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18260 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18262 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18264 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18266 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18267 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18268 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18269 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18271 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18272 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18273 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18274 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18276 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18280 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18281 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18284 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18285 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18286 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18288 To insert new phrases, use
18289 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18290 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18292 To index phrases use one of:
18294 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18295 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18296 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18297 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18298 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18300 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18301 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18303 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18305 Here are all local bindings.
18307 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18314 ;;;;;; (16140 30177))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18317 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18318 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18319 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18322 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18327 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18330 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18331 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18332 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18333 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18334 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18335 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18337 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18338 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18340 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18343 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18346 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18347 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18350 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18354 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18357 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18358 Repeat most recently executed command.
18359 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18360 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18361 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18363 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18364 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18365 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18367 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18372 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18375 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18376 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18378 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18379 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18380 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18381 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18382 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18383 and point is left after the salutation.
18385 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18386 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18387 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18388 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18389 left after that text.
18391 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18394 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18395 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18396 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18397 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18399 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18403 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18404 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
18405 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18407 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18408 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18409 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18410 visibility of comments that precede it.
18411 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18412 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18413 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18414 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18415 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18416 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18417 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18418 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18420 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18421 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18422 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18423 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18424 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18427 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18431 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18435 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18436 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18442 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18443 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18446 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18447 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18448 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18450 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18451 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18452 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18456 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18457 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18458 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18460 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18462 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18464 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18465 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18466 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18468 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18469 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18470 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18476 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18477 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18478 ;;;;;; (15728 55520))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18481 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18482 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18483 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18484 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18485 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18487 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18489 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18490 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18491 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18492 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18493 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18495 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18497 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18498 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18499 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18501 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18503 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18505 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18506 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18507 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18508 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18509 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18510 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18511 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18513 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18514 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18520 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18521 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18524 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18525 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18529 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18530 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18532 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18536 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16057 36338))
18537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18538 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18540 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18541 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18542 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18543 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18545 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18547 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18548 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18549 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18550 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18552 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18553 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18555 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18556 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18558 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18559 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18562 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18563 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18564 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18565 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18566 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18568 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18569 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18570 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18571 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18573 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18574 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18577 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18582 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18583 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18584 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18585 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18586 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18587 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16070 35808))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18590 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18591 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18592 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18593 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18595 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18597 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18598 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18599 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18600 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18601 value is the user's email address and name.)
18602 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18604 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18605 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18606 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18607 which normally happens once for each message,
18608 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18609 To make a change in this variable take effect
18610 for a message that you have already viewed,
18611 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18613 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18615 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18616 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18617 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18618 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18620 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18622 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18623 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18625 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18627 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18628 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18629 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18630 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18632 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18634 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18635 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18637 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18639 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18640 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18642 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18644 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18645 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18646 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18647 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18648 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18650 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18652 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18653 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18655 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18657 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18658 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18662 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18663 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18665 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18667 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18668 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18670 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18672 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18673 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18675 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18676 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18678 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18679 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18681 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18683 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18684 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18686 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18687 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18688 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18689 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18691 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18692 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18694 This is set to nil by default.")
18696 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18697 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18698 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18699 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18700 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18702 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18704 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18705 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18706 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18707 It is called with no argument.")
18709 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18710 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18711 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18712 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18713 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18714 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18715 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18717 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18718 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18719 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18720 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18721 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18722 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18724 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18725 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18726 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18727 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18728 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18730 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18731 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18732 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18733 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18734 MSG is the message number,
18735 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18736 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18738 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18739 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18740 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18741 this feature is required with `require'.")
18743 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18744 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18745 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18746 the message is decoded as normal way.
18748 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18749 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18750 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18752 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18753 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18754 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18756 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18757 Read and edit incoming mail.
18758 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18759 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18760 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18762 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18763 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18764 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18765 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18767 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18769 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18771 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18772 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18773 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18774 Instead, these commands are available:
18776 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18777 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18778 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18779 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18780 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18781 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18782 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18783 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18784 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18785 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18786 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18787 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18788 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18789 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18790 till a deleted message is found.
18791 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18792 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18793 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18794 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18795 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18796 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18797 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18798 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18799 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18800 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18801 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18802 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18803 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18804 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18805 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18806 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18807 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18808 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18809 (label defaults to last one specified).
18810 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18811 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18812 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18813 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18814 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18815 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18816 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18817 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18818 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18822 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18823 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18825 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18827 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18828 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18830 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18834 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18835 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
18836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18838 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18839 Edit the contents of this message.
18845 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18846 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18847 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18850 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18851 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18852 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18854 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18856 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18857 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18858 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18860 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18862 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18865 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18867 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18868 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18869 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18870 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18871 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18873 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18875 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18876 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18877 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18878 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18879 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18881 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18885 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18886 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18889 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18890 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18891 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18892 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18894 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18898 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18899 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18900 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18903 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18904 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18905 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18906 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18907 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18908 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18909 a file name as a string.")
18911 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18913 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18914 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18915 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18916 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18917 buffer visiting that file.
18918 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18919 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18921 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18922 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18924 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18925 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18927 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18928 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18930 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18932 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18933 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18935 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18937 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18938 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18939 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18940 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18941 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18943 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18944 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18945 will be appended with their original headers.
18947 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18948 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18950 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18951 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18953 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18955 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18957 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18958 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18959 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18961 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18965 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18966 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18967 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941
18969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18971 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18972 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18973 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18975 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18977 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18978 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18979 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18981 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18983 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18984 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18985 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18987 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18989 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18990 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18991 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18993 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18995 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18996 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18997 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18999 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19001 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19002 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19003 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19005 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19007 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19008 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19009 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19010 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19012 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19017 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19018 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19019 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19020 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19023 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19024 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19026 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19028 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19029 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19031 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19033 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19034 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19038 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19039 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19040 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19042 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19044 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19045 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19046 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19047 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19048 only look in the To and From fields.
19049 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19051 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19053 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19054 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19055 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19056 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19057 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19061 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19062 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19063 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19064 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19065 look in the whole message.
19066 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19068 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19070 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19071 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19072 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19074 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19076 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19077 *Function to decode summary-line.
19079 By default, `identity' is set.")
19081 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19083 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19084 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19085 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19086 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19087 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19088 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19089 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19091 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19092 sent by you under different user names.
19093 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19095 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19097 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19101 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19102 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19105 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19106 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19107 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19108 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19110 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19114 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19115 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19118 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19119 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19121 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19123 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19124 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19126 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19128 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19129 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19131 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19133 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19134 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19135 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19137 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19138 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19141 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19145 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19146 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19152 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19153 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19154 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19155 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19156 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19159 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19160 *This variable is obsolete.")
19162 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19164 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19165 *This variable is obsolete.")
19167 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19169 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19170 *This variable is obsolete.")
19172 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19174 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19175 *This variable is obsolete.")
19177 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19179 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19180 *This variable is obsolete.")
19182 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19184 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19185 *This variable is obsolete.")
19187 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19189 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19190 This function is obsolete.
19192 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19196 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16111
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19200 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19201 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19211 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19212 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19213 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19214 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19216 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19218 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19219 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19220 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19222 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19226 matches string STRING literally.
19229 matches character CHAR literally.
19232 matches any character except a newline.
19235 matches any character
19238 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19239 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19245 matches any character not in SET
19248 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19249 in the text being matched
19252 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19255 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19256 string being matched against.
19259 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19260 string being matched against.
19263 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19264 buffer being matched against.
19267 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19268 buffer being matched against.
19271 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19274 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19278 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19281 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19284 `(not word-boundary)'
19285 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19289 matches 0 through 9.
19292 matches ASCII control characters.
19295 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19298 matches space and tab only.
19301 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19305 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19309 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19310 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19313 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19314 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19317 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19320 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19323 matches anything lower-case.
19326 matches anything upper-case.
19329 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19330 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19333 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19336 matches anything that has word syntax.
19339 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19340 of the following symbols.
19342 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19343 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19346 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19347 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19348 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19349 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19350 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19352 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19353 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19354 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19356 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19357 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19359 `(category CATEGORY)'
19360 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19361 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19363 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19364 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19365 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19366 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19370 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19371 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19372 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19373 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19374 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19375 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19376 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19377 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19378 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19379 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19380 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19381 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19382 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19391 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19395 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19397 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19402 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19403 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19405 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19406 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19408 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19409 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19410 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19412 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19413 another name for `submatch'.
19415 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19416 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19417 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19418 regular expression.
19420 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19421 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19422 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19423 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19424 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19426 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19427 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19429 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19430 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19433 like `zero-or-more'.
19436 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19439 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19441 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19442 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19445 like `one-or-more'.
19448 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19451 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19453 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19454 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19457 like `zero-or-one'.
19460 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19463 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19466 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19468 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19469 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19472 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19476 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19478 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19482 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19483 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19486 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19487 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19488 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19490 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19491 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19492 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19493 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19494 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19495 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19496 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19497 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19500 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19501 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19502 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19503 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19504 if that value is non-nil.
19508 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19509 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19510 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19513 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19514 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19515 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19516 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19517 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19518 that variable's value is a string.
19524 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19525 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
19526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19528 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19529 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19530 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19532 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19538 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19540 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19542 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19543 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19544 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19545 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19547 Interesting variables:
19549 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19550 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19552 `scribe-electric-quote'
19553 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19555 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19556 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19557 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19563 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19564 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19567 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19568 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19569 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19571 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19573 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19575 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19576 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19577 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19578 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19579 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19585 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19586 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19587 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19588 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19589 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19590 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16133 25850))
19591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19593 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19594 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19596 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19598 If `parens', they look like:
19599 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19600 If `angles', they look like:
19601 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19602 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19603 derived from the envelope-from address.
19605 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19606 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19607 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19608 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19610 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19612 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19613 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19614 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19615 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19617 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19618 privileged operation. This variable is only used if
19619 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.")
19621 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19623 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19624 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19625 This is done when the message is initialized,
19626 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19628 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19630 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19631 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19632 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19634 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19636 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19637 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19639 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19641 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19642 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19643 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19644 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19645 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19646 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19647 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19649 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19651 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19652 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19654 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19656 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19657 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19658 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19660 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19662 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19663 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19664 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19665 when you first send mail.")
19667 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19669 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19670 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19671 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19672 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19673 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19675 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19677 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19678 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19679 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19680 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19681 This file need not actually exist.")
19683 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19685 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19686 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19687 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19688 If a string, that string is inserted.
19689 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19690 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19691 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19692 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19694 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19696 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19697 *Directory for mail buffers.
19698 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19699 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19701 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19703 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19704 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19705 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19706 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19707 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19708 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19709 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19710 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19711 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19712 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19713 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19714 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19715 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19716 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19717 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19721 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19722 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19723 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19724 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19725 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19726 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19728 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19729 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19730 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19732 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19733 User should not set this variable manually,
19734 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19735 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19736 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19737 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19739 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19740 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19741 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19742 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19744 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19745 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19748 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19750 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19751 to move to message header fields:
19754 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19755 when the message is initialized.
19757 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19758 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19760 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19763 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19764 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19766 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19767 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19769 The second through fifth arguments,
19770 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19771 the initial contents of those header fields.
19772 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19773 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19774 original message being replied to, or else an action
19775 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19776 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19777 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19778 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19779 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19780 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19782 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19784 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19785 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19787 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19789 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19790 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19792 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19796 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19797 ;;;;;; (16025 36883))
19798 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19800 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19801 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19802 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19803 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19804 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19805 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19807 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19809 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19811 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19812 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19813 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19815 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19817 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19819 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19820 Toggle Server mode.
19821 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19822 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19823 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19829 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15941 42956))
19830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19832 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19833 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19837 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19838 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19839 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19840 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19846 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19847 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
19848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19850 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19851 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19853 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19856 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19857 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19858 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19860 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19861 your `.emacs' file.
19863 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19865 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19866 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19871 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19873 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19874 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19875 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19876 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19877 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19878 which this is based.
19880 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19882 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19883 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19884 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19885 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19887 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19888 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19889 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19891 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19892 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19893 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19894 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19896 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19897 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19898 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19899 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19901 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19903 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19904 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
19905 To work around that, do:
19906 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19914 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19915 ;;;;;; (16135 8991))
19916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19918 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
19920 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19921 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19922 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19923 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19924 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19925 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19927 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19928 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19929 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19930 shell-specific features.
19932 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19933 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19934 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19936 \\[sh-case] case statement
19937 \\[sh-for] for loop
19938 \\[sh-function] function definition
19939 \\[sh-if] if statement
19940 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19941 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19942 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19943 \\[sh-select] select loop
19944 \\[sh-until] until loop
19945 \\[sh-while] while loop
19947 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19948 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19949 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19950 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19951 would indent to the way it currently is.
19952 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19953 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19956 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19957 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19958 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19959 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19960 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19961 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19963 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19965 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19967 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19968 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19969 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19971 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19972 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19976 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19980 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19981 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19984 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19985 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19987 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19988 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19989 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19990 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19993 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19995 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19997 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19998 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19999 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20001 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20002 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20004 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20005 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20006 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20007 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20008 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20009 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20010 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20013 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20014 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20015 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20016 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20017 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20019 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20020 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20021 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20028 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16014
20030 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20032 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20033 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20034 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20035 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20036 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20037 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20042 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20043 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20044 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20045 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20046 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20050 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20051 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20052 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20053 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20054 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20055 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20056 `shadow-define-cluster').
20060 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20061 Set up file shadowing.
20067 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20068 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20071 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20072 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20073 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20074 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20075 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20078 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20080 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20081 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20082 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20083 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20084 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20085 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20086 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20087 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20088 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20089 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20090 discards input when it starts up.)
20091 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20092 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20093 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20095 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20096 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20097 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20098 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20099 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20100 `default-process-coding-system'.
20102 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20103 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20104 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20105 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20107 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20109 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20110 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20114 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997
20116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20118 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20119 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20120 \\{simula-mode-map}
20121 Variables controlling indentation style:
20122 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20123 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20124 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20125 `simula-indent-level'
20126 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20127 `simula-substatement-offset'
20128 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20129 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20130 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20131 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20132 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20133 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20134 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20135 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20136 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20137 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20138 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20139 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20140 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20141 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20142 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20143 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20144 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20145 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20146 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20147 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20148 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20149 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20150 or nil if they should not be changed.
20151 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20152 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20153 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20154 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20156 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20157 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20163 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20164 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20167 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20168 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20170 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20171 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20172 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20173 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20175 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20177 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20179 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20180 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20181 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20182 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20183 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20185 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20186 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20188 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20190 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20191 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20193 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20194 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20195 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20196 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20198 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20199 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20200 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20201 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20203 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20204 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20205 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20207 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20208 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20210 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20211 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20213 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20214 _ interesting point, interregion here
20215 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20216 interesting point set by _
20217 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20218 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20219 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20220 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20221 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20222 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20225 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20226 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20228 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20229 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20230 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20231 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20232 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20233 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20234 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20235 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20237 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20238 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20239 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20240 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20241 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20244 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20245 then: insert previously read string once more
20246 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20247 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20248 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20250 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20251 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20253 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20255 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20256 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20258 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20259 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20260 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20261 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20262 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20265 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20266 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20267 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20273 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20274 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20277 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20278 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20279 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20282 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20284 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20285 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20286 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20292 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20293 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20296 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20297 Display textual smileys as images.
20298 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20299 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20300 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20302 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20307 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20310 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20315 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20316 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20322 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954))
20323 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20325 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20326 Play the Snake game.
20327 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20329 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20331 Snake mode keybindings:
20333 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20334 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20335 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20336 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20337 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20338 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20339 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20345 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20346 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
20347 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20349 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20350 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20351 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20352 Tab indents for C code.
20353 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20354 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20356 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20361 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20362 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20363 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20364 Tab indents for C code.
20365 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20368 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20369 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20375 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20376 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20377 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15941 42958))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20380 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20381 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20383 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20384 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20385 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20387 For example, the form
20389 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20390 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20392 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20394 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20396 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20397 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20399 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20400 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20401 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20404 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20406 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20408 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20409 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20411 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20412 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20413 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20416 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20418 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20420 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20421 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20422 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20425 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20427 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20429 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20430 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20431 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20433 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20434 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20436 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20440 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20441 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20442 Requires floating point.
20448 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20452 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20455 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20456 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20457 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20458 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20459 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20460 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20461 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20462 check after each move or undo)
20466 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20467 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20468 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20487 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20488 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20489 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20490 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20492 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20493 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20494 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20497 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20498 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20500 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20516 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20518 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20524 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20525 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20526 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826))
20527 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20529 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20530 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20532 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20533 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20534 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20535 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20538 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20539 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20543 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20544 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20546 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20547 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20548 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20549 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20552 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20553 It should move point to the end of the record.
20555 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20556 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20557 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20558 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20559 starts at the beginning of the record.
20561 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20562 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20565 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20566 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20568 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20570 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20571 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20572 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20573 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20574 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20577 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20579 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20580 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20581 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20582 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20583 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20586 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20588 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20589 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20591 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20595 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20597 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20598 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20599 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20600 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20601 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20602 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20603 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20604 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20605 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20607 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20609 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20610 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20611 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20612 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20613 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20614 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20618 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20620 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20621 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20622 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20623 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20624 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20625 is to be used for sorting.
20626 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20627 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20628 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20629 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20630 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20632 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20634 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20637 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20638 starting with the letter \"f\",
20639 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20641 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20643 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20644 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20645 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20646 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20647 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20648 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20652 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20653 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20654 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20655 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20656 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20658 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20660 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20661 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20662 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20668 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20669 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20672 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20674 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20675 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20676 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20677 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20678 supported at a time.
20679 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20680 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20684 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20685 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20686 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20687 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20693 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20694 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20697 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20699 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20700 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20701 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20702 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20703 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20704 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20708 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20709 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20710 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20711 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20715 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20716 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20717 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20718 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20719 for example, \"word\".
20721 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20723 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20724 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20726 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20730 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
20732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20734 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20735 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20739 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20740 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20746 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20747 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20748 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20749 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20752 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20753 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20755 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20756 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20758 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20760 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20761 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20762 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20764 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20766 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20767 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20768 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20769 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20770 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20771 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20772 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20773 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20775 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20777 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20778 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20779 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20780 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20782 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20783 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20784 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20785 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20787 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20788 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20789 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20793 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20794 Major mode to edit SQL.
20796 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20797 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20798 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20801 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20803 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20804 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20805 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20806 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20807 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20808 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20810 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20811 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20813 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20814 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20815 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20817 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20819 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20823 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20824 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20826 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20827 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20830 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20831 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20832 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20833 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20835 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20836 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20838 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20839 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20840 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20841 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20842 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20843 `default-process-coding-system'.
20845 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20849 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20850 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20857 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20858 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20859 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20861 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20862 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20864 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20865 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20866 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20867 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20868 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20869 `default-process-coding-system'.
20871 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20875 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20876 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20882 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20883 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20885 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20886 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20888 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20889 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20890 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20891 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20892 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20893 `default-process-coding-system'.
20895 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20899 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20900 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20902 SQLite is free software.
20904 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20905 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20908 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20909 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20910 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20911 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20913 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20914 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20916 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20917 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20918 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20919 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20920 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20921 `default-process-coding-system'.
20923 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20927 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20928 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20930 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20932 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20933 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20936 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20937 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20938 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20939 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20941 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20942 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20944 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20945 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20946 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20947 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20948 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20949 `default-process-coding-system'.
20951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20955 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20956 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20958 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20959 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20962 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20963 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20966 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20967 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20969 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20970 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20971 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20972 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20973 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20974 `default-process-coding-system'.
20976 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20980 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20981 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20983 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20984 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20987 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20988 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20995 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20998 `default-process-coding-system'.
21000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21004 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21005 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21012 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21013 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21014 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21016 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21017 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21019 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21020 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21021 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21022 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21023 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21024 `default-process-coding-system'.
21026 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21030 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21031 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21033 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21034 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21037 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21038 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21039 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21040 `sql-postgres-options'.
21042 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21043 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21045 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21046 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21047 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21048 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21049 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21050 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21051 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21052 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21054 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21055 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21057 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21061 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21062 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21064 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21065 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21068 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21069 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21072 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21073 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21075 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21076 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21077 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21078 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21079 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21080 `default-process-coding-system'.
21082 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21086 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21087 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21089 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21090 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21093 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21096 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21097 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21099 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21100 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21101 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21102 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21104 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21105 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21106 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21107 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21108 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21109 `default-process-coding-system'.
21111 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21115 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21116 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21118 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21119 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21122 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21123 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21124 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21125 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21128 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21129 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21130 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21131 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21134 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21135 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21137 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
21138 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
21140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21146 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21147 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21148 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21149 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21150 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961
21152 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21154 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21155 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21156 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21157 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21158 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21159 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21161 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21163 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21164 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21165 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21166 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21167 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21168 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21169 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21171 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21173 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21174 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21175 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21176 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21177 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21178 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21179 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21181 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21183 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21184 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21185 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21187 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21189 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21190 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21191 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21193 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21195 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21196 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21198 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21200 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21201 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21205 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21206 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21210 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21211 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21212 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21213 chronologically by command name.
21214 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21216 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21218 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21219 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21220 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21222 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21224 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21226 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21227 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21228 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21229 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21230 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21231 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21232 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21234 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21235 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21236 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21237 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21239 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21243 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21244 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21245 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21246 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21248 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21250 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21251 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21257 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21258 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
21259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21261 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21262 Studlify-case the region.
21264 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21266 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21267 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21269 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21271 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21272 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21278 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21279 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21282 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21283 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21284 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21285 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21286 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21287 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21288 original message but it does require a few things:
21290 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21292 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21295 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21296 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21299 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21301 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21303 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21304 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21305 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21311 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16149
21313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21315 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21316 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21317 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21318 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21319 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21321 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21325 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21326 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21328 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21329 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21330 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21331 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21332 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21334 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21336 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21337 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21338 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21339 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21340 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21341 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21342 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21344 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21348 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21349 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21350 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21351 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21352 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21353 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21354 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21355 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21356 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21357 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21358 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21359 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21360 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838))
21361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21363 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21364 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21365 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21367 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21369 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21370 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21372 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21374 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21375 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21377 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21379 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21380 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21382 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21384 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21385 Insert an editable text table.
21386 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21387 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21388 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21389 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21390 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21391 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21396 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21398 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21403 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21404 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21405 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21406 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21409 +-----+-----+-----+
21411 +-----+-----+-----+
21413 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21415 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21416 width, which results as
21418 +--------------+-----+-----+
21420 +--------------+-----+-----+
21422 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21423 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21425 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21427 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21429 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21430 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21431 width information to `table-insert'.
21433 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21439 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21442 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21443 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21445 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21448 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21450 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21452 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21460 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21465 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21468 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21471 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21472 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21473 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21475 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21478 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21481 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21484 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21486 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21493 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21494 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21495 | | |expected results.-!- |
21496 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21499 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21501 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21505 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21507 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21508 Insert N table row(s).
21509 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21510 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21511 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21512 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21516 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21517 Insert N table column(s).
21518 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21519 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21520 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21521 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21525 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21526 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21527 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21529 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21531 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21532 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21533 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21534 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21535 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21536 all the table specific features.
21538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21540 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21545 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21546 Recognize all tables within region.
21547 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21548 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21549 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21552 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21554 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21557 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21559 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21560 Recognize a table at point.
21561 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21562 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21563 the table specific features.
21565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21567 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21572 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21573 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21574 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21575 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21576 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21577 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21578 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21580 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21582 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21587 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21588 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21589 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21590 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21591 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21592 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21595 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21597 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21598 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21599 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21600 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21601 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21602 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21603 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21608 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21609 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21610 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21611 table's rectangle structure.
21613 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21615 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21616 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21617 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21618 table's rectangle structure.
21622 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21623 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21624 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21625 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21626 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21628 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21630 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21631 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21632 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21634 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21635 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21636 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21637 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21638 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21639 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21640 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21642 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21643 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21644 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21645 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21646 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21647 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21648 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21650 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21651 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21652 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21653 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21654 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21655 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21656 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21657 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21659 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21661 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21662 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21663 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21664 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21668 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21669 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21670 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21672 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21674 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21675 Split current cell vertically.
21676 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21680 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21681 Split current cell horizontally.
21682 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21686 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21687 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21688 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21690 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21692 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21693 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21694 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21695 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21697 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21699 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21700 Justify cell contents.
21701 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21702 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21703 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21704 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21706 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21708 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21709 Justify cells of a row.
21710 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21711 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21713 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21715 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21716 Justify cells of a column.
21717 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21718 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21720 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21722 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21723 Toggle fixing width mode.
21724 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21725 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21726 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21730 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21731 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21732 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21733 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21734 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21735 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21736 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21737 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21738 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21739 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21740 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21742 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21744 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21745 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21746 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21747 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21748 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21749 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21750 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21751 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21752 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21753 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21754 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21755 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21758 References used for this implementation:
21764 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21766 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21767 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21768 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21770 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21772 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21773 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21774 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21775 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21776 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21777 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21778 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21779 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21780 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21781 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21782 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21783 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21784 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21785 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21786 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21787 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21788 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21793 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21794 (table-forward-cell 15)
21795 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21796 (table-forward-cell 16)
21797 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21798 (table-forward-cell 1)
21799 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21802 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21803 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21804 (table-forward-cell 1)
21805 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21807 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21809 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21810 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21811 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21812 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21813 consists from cells of same height.
21817 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21818 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21819 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21820 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21821 column must consists from cells of same width.
21825 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21826 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21827 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21828 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21829 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21830 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21831 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21832 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21833 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21834 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21835 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21836 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21837 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21838 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21839 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21848 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21849 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21850 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21853 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21855 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21857 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21859 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21863 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21864 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21865 of each row is optional.
21870 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21871 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21872 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21873 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21874 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21876 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21877 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21879 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21880 expression and raw delimiter regular
21881 expression, it parses the specified text
21882 area and extracts cell items from
21883 non-table text and then forms a table out
21886 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21887 creates a single cell table. The text in
21888 the specified region is placed in that
21891 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21894 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21895 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21896 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21898 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21899 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21900 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21901 | area and extracts cell items from |
21902 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21905 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21906 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21907 | the specified region is placed in that |
21909 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21911 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21912 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21915 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21916 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21917 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21918 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21919 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21920 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21921 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21922 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21923 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21925 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21926 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21927 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21928 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21930 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21932 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21933 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21934 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21936 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21938 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21939 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21940 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21941 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21942 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21948 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165))
21949 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21951 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21952 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21954 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21958 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15961 24151))
21959 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21961 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21962 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21963 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21964 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21965 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21966 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21967 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21969 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21970 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21971 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21972 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21974 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21981 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21982 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834))
21983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21985 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21986 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21987 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21988 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21989 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21990 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21992 Variables controlling indentation style:
21994 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21995 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21996 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21998 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21999 documentation for details):
22000 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22001 Controls action of TAB key.
22003 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22004 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22005 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22006 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22007 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22009 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22010 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22018 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22019 Run inferior Tcl process.
22020 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22021 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22025 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22026 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22027 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22029 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22033 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22035 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22037 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22038 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22039 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22040 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22041 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22042 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22043 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22046 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22048 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22049 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22050 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22051 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15941
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22061 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22062 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22063 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22064 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22065 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22066 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22068 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22070 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22071 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22072 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22073 commands to use in that buffer.
22075 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22077 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22079 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22080 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22082 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22086 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22090 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22091 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22092 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22093 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22094 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22095 program as keyboard input.
22097 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22098 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22099 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22100 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22102 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22103 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22104 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22105 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22106 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22108 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22110 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22111 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22112 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22113 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22115 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22116 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22117 subprocess started.
22119 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22123 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22124 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16011 28192))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22127 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22128 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22129 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22130 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22131 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22133 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22135 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22136 Start coverage on function under point.
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22145 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22146 Play the Tetris game.
22147 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22148 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22149 as to form complete rows.
22151 tetris-mode keybindings:
22152 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22153 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22154 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22155 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22156 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22157 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22158 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22159 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22160 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22166 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22167 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22168 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22169 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22170 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22171 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22172 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22173 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22176 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22177 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22179 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22181 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22182 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22183 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22184 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22185 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22187 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22189 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22190 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22191 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22192 if it matches the first line of the file,
22193 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22195 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22197 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22198 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22199 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22200 if the variable is non-nil.")
22202 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22204 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22205 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22207 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22209 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22210 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22211 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22212 See the documentation of that variable.")
22214 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22216 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22217 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22218 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22219 See the documentation of that variable.")
22221 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22223 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22224 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22225 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22226 See the documentation of that variable.")
22228 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22230 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22231 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22232 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22233 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22234 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22236 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22238 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22239 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22240 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22241 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22243 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22245 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22246 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22247 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22249 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22251 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22252 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22253 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22254 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22256 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22258 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22259 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22260 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22261 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22263 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22265 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22266 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22267 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22268 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22270 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22271 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22274 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22275 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22277 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22280 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22282 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22283 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22284 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22285 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22286 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22288 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22290 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22292 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22293 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22294 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22296 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22298 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22299 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22300 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22301 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22302 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22304 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22306 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22307 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22309 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22311 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22312 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22314 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22316 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22317 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22318 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22319 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22320 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22321 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22322 says which mode to use.
22326 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22328 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22330 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22332 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22333 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22334 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22335 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22336 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22338 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22339 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22340 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22341 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22342 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22343 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22344 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22346 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22347 mismatched $'s or braces.
22350 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22354 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22356 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22357 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22358 tex-dvi-print-command
22359 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22360 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22361 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22362 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22363 tex-dvi-view-command
22364 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22365 tex-show-queue-command
22366 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22367 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22369 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22370 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22371 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22375 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22376 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22377 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22378 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22379 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22381 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22382 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22383 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22384 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22385 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22386 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22387 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22389 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22390 mismatched $'s or braces.
22397 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22399 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22400 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22401 tex-dvi-print-command
22402 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22403 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22404 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22405 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22406 tex-dvi-view-command
22407 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22408 tex-show-queue-command
22409 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22410 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22412 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22413 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22414 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22418 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22419 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22420 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22421 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22422 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22424 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22425 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22426 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22427 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22428 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22429 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22430 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22432 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22433 mismatched $'s or braces.
22436 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22440 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22442 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22443 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22444 tex-dvi-print-command
22445 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22446 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22447 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22448 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22449 tex-dvi-view-command
22450 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22451 tex-show-queue-command
22452 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22453 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22455 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22456 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22457 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22458 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22462 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22467 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22468 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22474 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22475 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22478 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22479 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22480 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22481 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22484 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22485 Info-split to do these manually.
22487 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22489 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22490 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22491 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22492 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22493 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22495 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22497 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22498 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22499 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22500 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22502 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22503 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22504 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22505 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22507 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22508 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22510 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22514 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22515 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633))
22516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22518 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22519 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22521 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22523 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22524 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22526 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22528 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22529 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22531 It has these extra commands:
22532 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22534 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22535 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22536 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22537 modified version of TeX input format.
22539 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22540 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22541 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22542 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22544 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22545 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22546 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22547 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22548 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22549 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22550 in the Texinfo file.
22552 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22553 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22554 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22555 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22556 move forward past the closing brace.
22558 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22559 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22561 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22562 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22563 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22565 Here are the functions:
22567 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22568 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22569 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22571 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22572 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22573 texinfo-master-menu
22575 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22577 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22578 which menu descriptions are indented.
22580 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22581 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22584 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22585 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22586 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22587 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22589 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22590 be the first node in the file.
22592 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22593 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22599 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22600 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22601 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15941 42961))
22602 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22604 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22605 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22606 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22607 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22609 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22611 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22612 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22614 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22616 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22617 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22621 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22624 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22626 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22627 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22628 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22629 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22632 The return value is number of composed characters.
22634 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22638 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22639 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22640 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22643 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22644 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22646 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22648 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22649 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22650 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22651 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22652 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22654 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22655 a symbol as a valid THING.
22657 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22658 of the textual entity that was found.
22660 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22662 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22663 Return the THING at point.
22664 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22665 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22666 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22668 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22669 a symbol as a valid THING.
22671 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22673 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22678 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22683 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22688 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22695 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22696 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22697 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22698 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22699 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22700 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15941 42961))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22703 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22704 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22705 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22709 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22710 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22712 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22714 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22715 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22716 The returned string has no composition information.
22718 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22720 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22721 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22725 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22726 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22728 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22730 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22731 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22732 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22733 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22737 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22738 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22739 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22740 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22742 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22744 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22747 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22749 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22750 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22751 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22755 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22756 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22757 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22761 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22764 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22766 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22769 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22771 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22774 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22778 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22779 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22782 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22783 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22784 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22785 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22787 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22789 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22791 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22792 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22793 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22794 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22796 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22802 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22803 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 28192))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22806 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22807 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22809 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22811 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22812 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22813 This display updates automatically every minute.
22814 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22815 are displayed as well.
22816 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22820 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22821 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22822 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22824 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22826 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22828 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22829 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22830 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22832 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22833 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22834 are displayed as well.
22835 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22841 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22842 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22843 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22844 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22847 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22848 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22850 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22852 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22853 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22855 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22858 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22860 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22862 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22863 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22865 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22867 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22868 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22869 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22871 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22873 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22875 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22876 Subtract two time values.
22877 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22879 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22881 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22882 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22884 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22886 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22887 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22888 DATE should be a date-time string.
22890 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22892 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22893 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22894 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22896 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22898 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22899 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22901 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22903 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22904 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22906 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22908 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22909 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22910 TIME should be a time value.
22911 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22913 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22915 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22916 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22917 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22919 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22923 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22924 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957))
22925 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22927 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22928 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22929 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22930 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22931 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22932 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22933 look like one of the following:
22936 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22937 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22938 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22939 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22940 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22941 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22946 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22947 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22948 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22954 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22955 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22956 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22957 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22958 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22961 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22962 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22963 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22964 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22965 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22966 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22967 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22968 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22969 display (non-nil means on).
22971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22973 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22974 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22975 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22976 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22977 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22978 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22979 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22980 this function is called within a day.
22982 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22983 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22984 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22985 discover the name of the project.
22987 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22989 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22990 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22991 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22992 begun during the last time segment.
22994 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22995 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22996 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22997 discover the reason.
22999 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23001 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23002 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23003 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23004 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23005 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23007 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23009 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23010 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23011 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23012 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23013 project you were working on.
23015 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23017 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23018 Ask the user before clocking out.
23019 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23023 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23024 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23025 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23029 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23030 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23031 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23032 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23033 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23034 \"relative to today\".
23036 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23038 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23039 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23040 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23041 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23043 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23045 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23046 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23047 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23048 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23049 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23050 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23052 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23056 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23057 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23058 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23061 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23063 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23064 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23066 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23068 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23069 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23071 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23073 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23074 Perform an action at time TIME.
23075 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23076 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23077 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23078 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23079 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23080 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23082 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23084 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23086 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23087 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23088 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23089 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23090 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23092 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23094 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23096 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23097 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23098 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23099 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23101 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23103 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23104 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23105 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23106 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23108 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23109 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23111 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23113 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23114 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23116 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23117 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23118 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23119 The call should look like:
23120 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23121 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23122 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23123 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23126 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23130 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23131 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15941 42961))
23132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23134 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23135 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23136 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23137 the generated Quail package is saved.
23139 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23141 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23142 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23143 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23144 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23145 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23146 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23147 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23153 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
23154 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (15944 21527))
23155 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23157 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23162 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23163 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23164 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23167 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23171 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23172 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 35357))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23174 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23175 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23176 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23178 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23179 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23180 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23181 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23182 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23184 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23186 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23187 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23188 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23189 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23190 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23194 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23195 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23196 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23197 in the menu in two ways:
23198 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23199 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23200 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23202 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23203 keymap or an alist of alists.
23204 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23205 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23207 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23211 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23212 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23213 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
23214 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23216 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23217 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23221 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23222 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23224 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23226 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23227 Insert new TODO list entry.
23228 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23233 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23234 List top priorities for each category.
23236 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23237 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23239 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23240 between each category.
23242 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23244 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23245 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23246 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23247 between each category.
23249 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23251 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23253 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23254 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23260 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23261 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23265 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23273 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23274 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473))
23275 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23277 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23278 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23279 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23281 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23283 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23285 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23286 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23287 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23289 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23290 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23294 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23296 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23297 Add an item to the tool bar.
23298 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23299 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23300 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23301 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23303 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23304 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23305 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23307 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23308 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23310 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23312 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23313 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23314 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23315 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23316 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23317 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23319 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23320 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23321 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23323 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23325 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23326 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23327 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23328 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23329 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23330 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23331 properties to add to the binding.
23333 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23335 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23336 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23338 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23340 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23341 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23342 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23343 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23344 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23345 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23346 properties to add to the binding.
23348 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23350 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23354 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23355 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
23356 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23358 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23359 Mode for tooltip display.
23360 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23364 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23365 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23366 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23367 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23369 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23377 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23379 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23381 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23382 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23388 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23389 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23392 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23393 Set scroll margins.
23395 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23397 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23398 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23402 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23403 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23409 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152))
23410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23412 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23413 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23414 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23415 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23416 to a tcp server on another machine.
23418 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23423 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23426 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23427 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23429 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23431 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23432 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23433 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23434 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23435 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23436 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23437 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23438 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23440 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23442 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23443 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23444 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23445 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23446 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23447 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23448 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23450 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23454 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23455 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23456 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16111 41831))
23457 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23459 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23460 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23461 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23463 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23464 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23465 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23466 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23468 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23469 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23470 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23471 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23473 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23474 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23475 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23476 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23477 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23478 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23479 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23480 files which are not really tramp files.
23482 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23483 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23484 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23485 updated after changing this variable.
23487 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23489 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23491 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23492 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23493 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23494 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23496 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23497 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23498 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23499 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23501 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23502 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23503 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23505 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23506 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23507 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23508 updated after changing this variable.
23510 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23512 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23514 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23515 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23516 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23518 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23520 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23522 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23523 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23524 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23526 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23528 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23530 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23534 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23535 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
23536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23537 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23538 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23539 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23541 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23542 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23543 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23544 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23545 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23546 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23547 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23551 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23552 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23553 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23554 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23556 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23560 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23561 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23562 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23563 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23564 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23565 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23566 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23568 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23569 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23571 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23574 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23576 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23582 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23583 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23584 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23585 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826))
23586 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23588 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23589 Toggle typing break mode.
23590 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23592 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23594 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23596 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23597 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23599 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23601 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23602 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23604 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23605 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23606 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23608 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23609 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23611 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23613 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23614 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23615 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23617 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23618 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23619 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23620 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23621 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23622 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23624 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23625 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23626 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23627 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23629 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23630 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23632 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23633 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23635 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23637 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23638 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23639 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23641 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23642 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23643 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23644 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23645 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23646 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23647 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23649 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23650 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23652 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23653 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23654 reset the keystroke counter.
23656 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23657 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23658 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23659 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23661 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23662 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23663 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23664 `type-break-schedule' command.
23666 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23667 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23668 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23669 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23670 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23671 or not to continue.
23673 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23674 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23675 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23676 approximate good values for this.
23678 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23679 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23681 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23682 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23683 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23684 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23685 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23686 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23688 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23689 a typing break occur. They include:
23691 `type-break-query-mode'
23692 `type-break-query-function'
23693 `type-break-query-interval'
23695 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23697 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23699 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23700 Take a typing break.
23702 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23703 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23705 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23706 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23710 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23711 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23712 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23713 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23717 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23718 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23720 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23721 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23722 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23723 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23724 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23725 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23726 average typing speed.)
23728 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23729 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23730 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23731 the computed maximum threshold.
23733 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23734 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23735 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23736 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23737 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23739 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23743 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23744 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
23745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23747 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23748 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23749 Works by overstriking underscores.
23750 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23751 which specify the range to operate on.
23753 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23755 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23756 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23757 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23758 which specify the range to operate on.
23760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23764 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23765 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23768 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23769 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23770 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23774 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23775 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23776 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23777 following the containing message.
23783 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23784 ;;;;;; (15763 44954))
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23787 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23788 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23789 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23790 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23791 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23792 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23796 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23797 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23799 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23803 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15941
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23807 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23808 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23809 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23810 of symbols with local bindings.
23812 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23816 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23817 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23820 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23821 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23822 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23823 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23824 to refrain from editing the file
23825 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23826 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23827 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23828 in any way you like.
23830 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23832 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23833 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23834 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23835 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23836 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23838 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23839 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23845 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23846 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23849 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23850 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23851 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23852 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23854 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23856 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23857 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23858 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23860 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23865 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23866 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23867 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23868 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23869 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23870 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084))
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23873 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23874 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23877 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23879 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23880 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23881 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23883 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23885 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23886 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23889 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23891 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23892 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23894 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23896 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23897 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23898 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23899 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23900 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23901 somebody else, signal error.
23903 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23905 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23906 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23907 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23908 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23909 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23911 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23913 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23914 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23915 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23916 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23917 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23918 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23919 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23920 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23921 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23922 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23923 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23925 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23927 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23928 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23930 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23931 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23933 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23934 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23935 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23936 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23937 lock steals will raise an error.
23939 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23941 For RCS and SCCS files:
23942 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23944 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23945 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23946 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23947 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23948 it performs a revert.
23949 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23950 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23951 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23952 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23953 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23954 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23955 the option to steal the lock.
23958 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23959 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23960 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23961 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23962 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23963 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23964 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23965 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23966 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23968 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23970 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23971 Register the current file into a version control system.
23972 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23973 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23975 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23976 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23977 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23978 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23979 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23980 first backend that could register the file is used.
23982 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23984 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23985 Display diffs between file versions.
23986 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23987 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23988 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23989 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23990 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23993 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23995 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23996 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23997 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23998 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24002 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24003 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24004 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24005 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24009 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24010 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24011 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24012 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24013 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24014 from the current branch.
24016 See Info node `Merging'.
24020 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24022 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24023 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24025 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24027 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24028 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24030 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24032 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24033 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24034 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24035 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24036 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24037 are checked out in that new branch.
24039 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24041 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24042 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24043 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24044 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24045 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24046 allowed and simply skipped).
24048 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24050 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24051 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24055 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24056 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24057 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24058 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24059 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24063 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24064 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24065 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24066 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24067 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24068 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24072 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24073 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24074 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24076 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24078 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24079 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24080 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24081 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24082 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24083 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24084 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24086 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24088 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24089 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24090 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24091 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24092 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24093 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24094 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24095 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24096 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24098 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24100 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24101 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24103 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24105 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24106 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24107 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24110 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24112 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24113 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24114 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24116 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24117 log entries should be gathered.
24119 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24121 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24122 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24124 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24125 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24126 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24127 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24128 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24129 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24131 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24132 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24133 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24134 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24135 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24136 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24137 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24138 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24140 Customization variables:
24142 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24143 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24144 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24145 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24147 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16135 8990))
24152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24153 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24154 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24155 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24157 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24163 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24165 (while (and (stringp dir)
24167 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24169 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24170 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24171 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24175 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24179 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24180 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24181 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24183 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24184 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24185 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24187 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24188 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24192 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24193 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24194 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24196 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24197 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24198 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24200 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24201 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24203 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24204 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24205 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24206 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16135 8990))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24212 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24213 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24214 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24216 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24218 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24222 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24223 ;;;;;; (15997 673))
24224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24226 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24227 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24232 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24233 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24234 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24235 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24236 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24237 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24238 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24239 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24240 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24242 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24243 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24244 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24245 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24247 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24248 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24249 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24250 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24251 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24253 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24254 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24258 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24259 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24260 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24264 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24265 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24266 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24267 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24269 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24270 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24271 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24272 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24273 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24277 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24278 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24279 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24280 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24282 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24283 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24284 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24285 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24286 beginning with \"std\").
24288 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24289 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24290 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24295 `--' puts a single comment.
24296 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24297 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24298 with a comment in between.
24299 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24300 out following lines.
24301 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24302 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24304 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24305 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24306 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24307 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24308 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24311 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24312 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24313 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24314 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24315 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24316 multi-line comments.
24320 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24321 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24322 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24323 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24325 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24326 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24327 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24328 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24330 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24331 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24334 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24335 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24339 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24340 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24341 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24342 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24343 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24344 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24345 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24346 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24348 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24349 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24350 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24351 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24352 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24355 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24356 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24357 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24359 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24360 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24364 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24365 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24366 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24367 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24368 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24369 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24372 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24373 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24374 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24375 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24378 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24382 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24383 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24384 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24385 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24386 internal signal initializations (menu).
24388 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24389 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24390 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24392 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24393 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24394 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24395 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24396 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24397 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24399 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24400 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24401 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24404 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24405 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24406 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24407 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24408 | association list with formals).
24411 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24412 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24413 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24414 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24415 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24416 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24417 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24418 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24423 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24427 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24431 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24432 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24433 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24435 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24436 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24439 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24440 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24441 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24442 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24444 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24445 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24446 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24448 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24449 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24450 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24451 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24453 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24454 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24455 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24456 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24457 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24459 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24460 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24461 required by secondary units.
24464 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24465 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24466 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24467 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24468 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24469 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24470 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24471 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24472 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24473 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24474 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24475 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24476 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24477 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24478 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24480 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24481 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24482 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24483 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24484 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24486 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24487 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24488 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24489 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24490 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24492 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24493 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24495 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24498 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24499 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24500 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24501 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24502 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24503 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24504 information. New compilers can be added.
24506 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24507 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24510 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24511 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24512 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24513 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24514 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24516 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24519 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24520 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24521 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24523 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24524 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24525 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24526 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24527 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24528 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24529 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24532 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24533 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24534 not (yet) supported.
24535 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24536 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24537 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24541 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24542 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24543 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24544 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24545 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24546 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24547 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24548 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24550 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24551 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24552 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24553 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24554 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24555 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24556 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24557 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24558 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24559 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24560 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24564 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24565 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24566 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24567 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24568 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24569 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24570 current directory for VHDL source files.
24574 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24575 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24579 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24580 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24581 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24582 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24583 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24584 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24585 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24586 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24589 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24590 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24591 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24592 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24593 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24594 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24595 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24597 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24598 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24599 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24600 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24601 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24602 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24604 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24605 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24606 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24607 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24608 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24611 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24612 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24613 highlighted if written in lower case.
24615 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24616 highlighted using a different background color if option
24617 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24619 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24620 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24621 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24622 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24623 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24627 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24628 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24629 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24633 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24634 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24635 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24636 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24637 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24641 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24642 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24644 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24645 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24646 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24647 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24648 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24649 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24650 (used to obtain the port names).
24654 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24655 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24659 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24660 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24661 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24662 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24663 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24664 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24665 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24670 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24671 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24672 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24673 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24674 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24676 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24677 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24678 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24679 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24680 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24683 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24684 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24688 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24689 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24690 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24692 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24696 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24697 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24699 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24701 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24703 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24707 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24713 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24714 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24716 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24718 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24719 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24720 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24721 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24723 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24724 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24725 where the latest version can be found.
24731 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24732 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24733 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24736 The VHDL Mode Authors
24737 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24751 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24752 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24753 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24754 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24756 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24757 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24758 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24759 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24760 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24762 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24763 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24765 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24767 * Limitations and unsupported features
24768 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24770 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24771 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24774 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24775 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24776 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24777 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24778 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24779 for undoing a repeated change command.
24780 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24781 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24782 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24785 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24786 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24787 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24788 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24789 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24790 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24791 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24792 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24794 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24801 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24802 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24803 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15924 18773))
24804 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24806 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24807 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24809 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24811 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24812 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24813 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24814 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24816 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24818 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24819 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24823 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24824 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24825 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24826 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24830 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24831 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24835 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24838 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24840 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24843 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24848 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24849 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16140
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24853 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24854 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24855 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24856 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24858 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24860 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24861 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24862 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24863 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24864 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24865 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24866 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24868 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24872 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24873 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24874 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24875 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24876 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24877 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24878 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24879 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24881 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24885 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24886 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24887 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24889 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24890 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24892 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24898 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24899 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24901 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24902 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24904 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24908 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24909 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24910 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24912 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24914 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24915 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24916 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24917 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24918 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24919 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24920 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24921 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24923 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24925 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24926 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24927 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24929 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24931 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24932 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24933 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24934 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24935 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24936 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24937 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24938 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24940 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24942 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24943 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24944 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24946 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24948 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24949 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24950 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24952 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24953 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24954 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24957 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24958 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24959 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24960 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24961 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24963 H, h, ? This message.
24964 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24965 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24966 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24967 > move to the end of buffer.
24968 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24969 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24970 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24971 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24972 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24973 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24974 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24975 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24976 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
24977 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24978 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
24979 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
24980 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
24981 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
24982 Use this to view a changing file.
24983 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
24984 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
24985 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
24987 x exchanges point and mark.
24988 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
24989 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
24990 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
24991 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
24992 ' go to position saved in character register.
24993 s do forward incremental search.
24994 r do reverse incremental search.
24995 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
24996 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
24997 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
24998 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
24999 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25000 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25001 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25002 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25003 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25004 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25005 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25006 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25007 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25008 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25009 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25010 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25011 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25013 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25014 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25015 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25016 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25017 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25018 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25019 will return to that buffer.
25021 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25025 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25026 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25027 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25028 `view-return-to-alist'.
25029 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25030 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25031 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25033 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25034 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25035 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25036 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25037 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25039 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25040 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25041 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25042 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25044 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25046 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25048 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25050 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25051 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25057 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
25059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25061 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25062 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25066 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25067 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25073 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25074 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25077 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25078 Toggle Viper on/off.
25079 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25083 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25084 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25090 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25091 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
25092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25094 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25095 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25096 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25097 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25098 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25099 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25100 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25101 the beginning of the warning.")
25103 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25104 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25105 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25106 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25107 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25108 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25109 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25110 also call that function before the next warning.")
25112 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25113 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25115 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
25116 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
25117 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
25118 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25120 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25121 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25122 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
25123 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25124 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25125 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25127 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25128 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25129 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25130 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25131 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25132 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25133 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25135 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25136 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25138 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25140 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25141 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25143 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25145 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25146 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25147 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25148 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25150 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
25151 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25152 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25153 can be whatever you like.)
25155 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25156 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25157 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25158 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25159 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25161 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25163 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25164 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25165 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25166 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25167 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
25169 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25173 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963))
25174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25176 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25177 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25179 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25182 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25189 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25190 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
25191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25192 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25193 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25195 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25197 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25198 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25199 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25201 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25203 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25205 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25206 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25207 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25208 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25210 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25217 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25218 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25219 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25220 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25221 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25222 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
25223 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25225 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25226 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25230 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25231 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25235 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25236 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25240 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25241 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25245 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25246 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25250 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25251 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25253 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25254 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25255 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25256 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25257 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25259 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25261 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25262 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25264 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25266 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25267 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25271 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25272 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25274 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25275 whitespace problems.
25279 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25280 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25284 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25285 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25286 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25288 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25290 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25292 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25293 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25294 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25296 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25297 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25301 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25302 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25303 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25309 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25310 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957))
25311 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25313 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25314 Browse the widget under point.
25318 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25319 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25321 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25323 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25324 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25326 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25328 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25329 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25330 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25336 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25337 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16111
25339 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25341 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25342 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25344 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25346 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25347 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25348 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25350 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25352 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25353 Create widget of TYPE.
25354 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25356 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25358 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25361 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25363 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25364 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25366 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25368 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25369 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25370 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25372 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25373 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25379 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25380 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25382 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25384 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25385 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25386 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25387 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25388 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25389 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25390 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25394 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25395 Select the window above the current one.
25396 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25397 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25398 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25399 negative ARG) of the current window.
25400 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25404 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25405 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25406 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25407 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25408 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25409 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25410 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25414 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25415 Select the window below the current one.
25416 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25417 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25418 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25419 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25420 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25424 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25425 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25426 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25427 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25429 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25433 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25434 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
25435 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25437 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25438 Toggle winner-mode.
25439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25440 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25442 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25444 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25445 Toggle Winner mode.
25446 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25452 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25453 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16011 28192))
25454 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25456 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25457 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25458 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25459 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25460 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25461 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25462 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25463 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25465 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25466 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25468 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25470 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25471 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25475 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25476 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25477 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25478 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25479 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25480 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25481 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25482 `woman' command for further details.
25484 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25488 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25489 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25492 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25493 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25496 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25497 are not implemented
25498 - Options for search and replace
25499 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25500 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25502 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25505 The key bindings are:
25515 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25517 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25518 C-l ws-repeat-search
25521 C-r scroll-down-line
25528 C-y kill-complete-line
25531 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25532 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25533 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25534 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25535 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25536 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25537 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25538 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25539 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25540 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25541 C-k b ws-begin-block
25542 C-k c ws-copy-block
25543 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25545 C-k h ws-show-markers
25546 C-k i ws-indent-block
25548 C-k p ws-print-block
25551 C-k s save-some-buffers
25553 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25554 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25555 C-k v ws-move-block
25556 C-k w ws-write-block
25558 C-k y ws-delete-block
25560 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25561 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25562 C-o j justify-current-line
25565 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25566 C-o r set-fill-column
25567 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25568 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25569 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25570 C-o wo other-window
25571 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25573 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25574 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25575 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25576 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25577 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25578 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25579 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25580 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25581 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25582 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25583 C-q a ws-query-replace
25584 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25585 C-q c end-of-buffer
25588 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25590 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25591 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25592 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25593 C-q w ws-last-error
25595 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25601 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25602 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
25603 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25605 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25606 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25607 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25608 Returns the top node with all its children.
25609 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25610 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25612 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25614 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25615 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25616 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25617 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25618 is not well-formed XML.
25619 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25620 and returned as the first element of the list.
25621 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25623 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25631 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25632 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25633 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25635 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25637 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25639 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25640 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25641 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25643 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25649 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25650 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
25651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25653 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25654 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25656 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25658 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25659 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25661 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25663 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25664 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25665 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25667 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25669 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25670 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25676 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471))
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25679 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25680 Zone out, completely.
25686 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25687 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963))
25688 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25690 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25691 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25695 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25696 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25698 Zone-mode does two things:
25700 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25701 when saving the file
25709 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25710 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25711 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25712 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25713 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25714 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25715 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25716 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25717 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25718 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25719 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25720 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25721 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25722 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25723 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25724 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25725 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25726 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25727 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25728 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
25729 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
25730 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
25731 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25733 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25734 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25736 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25737 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25738 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25739 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25740 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25741 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25742 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25743 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25744 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25745 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25746 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25747 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25748 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25749 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25750 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25751 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25752 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25753 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25754 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25755 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25756 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25757 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25758 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25759 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25761 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25762 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25763 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25764 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25765 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25766 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25767 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25768 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25769 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25770 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25771 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25772 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25773 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25774 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25775 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25776 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25777 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25778 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25779 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25780 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25781 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25782 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25783 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25784 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25785 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25786 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25787 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25788 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25789 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25790 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25791 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25792 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25793 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25794 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25795 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25796 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25797 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25798 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25799 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25800 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25801 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25802 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25803 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25804 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25805 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25806 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25811 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25812 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25813 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25814 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25815 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25816 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25817 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25818 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25819 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25820 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25821 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25822 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25823 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25824 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25825 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25826 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25827 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25828 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25829 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25830 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25831 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25832 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25833 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25834 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25835 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25836 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25837 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25838 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25839 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16150 35885 616236))
25843 ;;; Local Variables:
25844 ;;; version-control: never
25845 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25846 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25848 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here